binfmt-support-2.2.0/ 0000775 0001750 0001750 00000000000 13422421157 011510 5 0000000 0000000 binfmt-support-2.2.0/.gitignore 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000000650 13302765713 013427 0000000 0000000 **/*.a
**/*.o
**/*~
**/.deps
**/Makefile
**/Makefile.in
/INSTALL
/aclocal.m4
/autom4te.cache
/build-aux
/config.h
/config.h.in
/config.log
/config.status
/config.status.lineno
/configure
/gl
/gnulib
/stamp-h*
init/openrc/binfmt-support
init/systemd/binfmt-support.service
init/sysvinit/binfmt-support
init/upstart/binfmt-support.conf
man/update-binfmts.8
src/run-detectors
src/tests/*.log
src/tests/*.trs
src/update-binfmts
binfmt-support-2.2.0/COPYING 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000104513 12260037343 012464 0000000 0000000 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
Copyright (C)
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see .
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
Copyright (C)
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
.
binfmt-support-2.2.0/ChangeLog 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000043523 13422421157 013211 0000000 0000000 2019-01-24 Colin Watson
Version: 2.2.0
Update to Gnulib 20190124
2019-01-13 Colin Watson
Warn about fix-binary/detectors incompatibility
"--fix-binary yes" is incompatible with detectors. Warn the user if
they try to use both at once.
Thanks to Stefan Agner; fixes Debian bug #918901.
* src/update-binfmts.c (act_enable): Warn and return if a detector is
needed and the fix-binary flag is set.
* man/update-binfmts.man8 (BINARY FORMAT SPECIFICATIONS): Document the
incompatibility.
* NEWS: Document this.
2019-01-13 Colin Watson
Avoid cleanup problems in chroots
Don't enable formats on import or disable them on unimport unless
/proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc is already mounted.
Fixes Debian bug #847788 and Ubuntu bug #534211.
* src/update-binfmts.c (is_enabled): New function.
(load_binfmt_misc): Use is_enabled rather than equivalent code.
(act_install): Add always_update_kernel argument. Only enable/disable
if always_update_kernel or if binfmt_misc is already enabled.
(act_remove): Add always_update_kernel argument. Only disable if
always_update_kernel or if binfmt_misc is already enabled.
(act_import, act_unimport, main): Adjust calls to act_install and
act_remove.
* NEWS: Document this.
2019-01-13 Colin Watson
Add a new --unimport action
This is the inverse of --import.
* src/update-binfmts.c (act_unimport): New function.
(enum opts, options, mode_name, parse_opt, argp, main): Handle
--unimport.
* src/tests/import: Test --unimport.
* man/update-binfmts.man8 (SYNOPSIS): Add --unimport.
(COMMON OPTIONS): Mention --unimport in description of --package.
(ACTIONS): Document --unimport.
* NEWS: Document this.
2019-01-05 Colin Watson
Upgrade to Gnulib 20190105
In line with Gnulib, we now require Autoconf 2.63.
* bootstrap: Sync to Gnulib d271f868a8df9bbec29049d01e056481b7a1a263.
* bootstrap.conf (GNULIB_REVISION): Set to
d271f868a8df9bbec29049d01e056481b7a1a263.
(buildreq): Bump required autoconf version to 2.63.
* configure.ac (AM_SILENT_RULES): Remove conditional, which was there
for Automake 1.10 support.
(AC_PREREQ): Bump to 2.63.
* NEWS: Document this.
2019-01-05 Colin Watson
Add release.sh script
* release.sh: New file.
* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add release.sh.
2019-01-05 Colin Watson
Use tar --sort=name if available
* m4/binfmt-tar-sort-name.m4: New file.
* configure.ac: Call BINFMT_TAR_SORT_NAME.
* Makefile.am (ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): Add -I m4.
2019-01-04 Colin Watson
Sort formats by name in --display
The easiest way to do this was to recast kvhash as a wrapper around a
gl_list_t (specifically a red-black tree hash) rather than a Hash_table.
* bootstrap.conf (gnulib_modules): Remove hash; add rbtreehash-list.
* src/kvhash.c (kvhash_hasher): Rename to ...
(kvhash_hashcode): ... this, make static, and replace the hash
implementation with one from Gnulib.
(kvhash_compare): New function.
(kvhash_comparator): Rename to ...
(kvhash_equals): ... this, make static, and reimplement using
kvhash_compare.
(kvhash_dispose, kvhash_dispose_plain): New functions.
(kvhash_initialize, kvhash_exists, kvhash_lookup, kvhash_insert,
kvhash_delete): Use a list rather than a hash.
* src/kvhash.h (kvhash_hasher, kvhash_comparator): Remove prototypes.
(kvhash_dispose, kvhash_dispose_plain): Add prototypes.
(kvhash_initialize, kvhash_exists, kvhash_lookup, kvhash_insert,
kvhash_delete): Update prototypes.
* src/format.c (binfmt_new): Take a list rather than a hash table.
(binfmt_hash_free): Rename to ...
(kvhash_dispose_binfmt): ... this, and update to the list API.
* src/format.h (binfmt_new): Update prototype.
(binfmt_hash_free): Rename to ...
(kvhash_dispose_binfmt): ... this, and update prototype.
* src/update-binfmts.c (formats): Declare as a list rather than a hash
table.
(get_import, act_enable, act_disable, act_import, act_display, main):
Update to the list API.
* NEWS: Document this.
2018-12-24 Colin Watson
More (void *) 0 as variadic sentinel
* src/find.c (find_interpreters): Use (void *) rather than NULL as a
sentinel for variadic functions.
2018-12-24 Colin Watson
Use (void *) 0 as a variadic sentinel
NULL is formally incorrect here since the standard allows it to be an
integer constant expression.
* src/update-binfmts.c (rename_mv, load_binfmt_misc,
unload_binfmt_misc): Use (void *) rather than NULL as a sentinel for
variadic functions.
2018-12-24 Colin Watson
Tidy up and document removal of procfs support
* src/update-binfmts.c (unload_binfmt_misc): Move declarations to top of
function. Remove obsolete comment.
* NEWS: Document removal of procfs support.
2018-12-24 Bastian Blank
Remove ancient unused procfs support
* src/update-binfmts.c (enum binfmt_style, get_binfmt_style): Remove.
(load_binfmt_misc, unload_binfmt_misc): Remove procfs case.
2018-05-29 Colin Watson
Avoid gl directory confusion
* bootstrap.conf (local_gl_dir): Set to 'gnulib-local'.
2018-05-28 Colin Watson
Upgrade to Gnulib 20180527
* bootstrap.conf (GNULIB_URL): Remove.
(GNULIB_REVISION): Set to 90f289f249a266b1afb9c63e182f5d979d17df5f.
(gnulib_extra_files): Remove. (This has the effect of reverting to
bootstrap's default of also copying some files in build-aux/ from
Gnulib.)
2018-05-28 Colin Watson
Switch to bootstrap
We no longer keep autogenerated files in git.
* .gitignore: Add **/Makefile, **/Makefile.in, /INSTALL, /aclocal.m4,
/build-aux, /config.h.in, /configure, /gl, and /gnulib. Remove
doc/Makefile, gnulib/*, init/Makefile, init/openrc/Makefile,
init/systemd/Makefile, init/sysvinit/Makefile, init/upstart/Makefile,
man/Makefile, src/Makefile, and src/tests/Makefile.
* INSTALL, Makefile.in, aclocal.m4, autogen.sh, build-aux, config.h.in,
configure, doc/Makefile.in, gnulib, init/Makefile.in,
init/openrc/Makefile.in, init/systemd/Makefile.in,
init/sysvinit/Makefile.in, init/upstart/Makefile.in, man/Makefile.in,
src/Makefile.in, src/tests/Makefile.in: Remove.
* bootstrap, bootstrap.conf: New files.
* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS, EXTRA_DIST, ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): Refer to gl/
rather than gnulib/ (gnulib/ now contains pristine source).
(EXTRA_DIST): Replace autogen.sh with bootstrap and bootstrap.conf.
Remove gnulib/m4/gnulib-cache.m4 and gnulib/m4/gnulib-tool.m4.
* configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Refer to gl/ rather than gnulib/.
* src/Makefile.am (AM_CPPFLAGS, LIBGNU): Likewise.
2017-08-22 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.8.
2017-08-22 Colin Watson
Add --disable-{upstart,systemd} configure options
* configure.ac: Add --disable-upstart and --disable-systemd options.
* init/upstart/Makefile.am: Don't install job if --disable-upstart is
used.
* init/systemd/Makefile.am: Don't install unit if --disable-systemd is
used.
* NEWS: Document this.
2017-07-09 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.7.
2017-07-09 Dan Nicholson
Add support for fix-binary flag
Recent kernels provide a binfmt flag F referred to as fix binary[1].
This flag instructs the kernel to open the interpreter immediately and
use always use the opened image. This has a big advantage in containers
or chroots where the interpreter may not exist at the specified path.
A primary use case would be for a static linked QEMU user emulator where
an architecture can be emulated in a container or chroot without any
alterations so long as the binfmt configuration is handled on the host.
1. https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/binfmt-misc.html
2017-07-09 Colin Watson
Various build system upgrades
Upgrade to Automake 1.15.1, config.guess 2016-10-02, and config.sub
2016-11-04.
2016-02-21 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.6.
2016-02-21 Colin Watson
Various build system upgrades
Upgrade to Autoconf 2.69-9 (from Debian), config.guess 2015-08-20,
config.sub 2015-08-20, and pkg-config 0.29.
2016-02-21 Colin Watson
Implement a stop action for the systemd service
* init/systemd/binfmt-support.service.in: Implement ExecStop, but
with manual dependencies so that the service doesn't need to be
(unnecessarily) stopped on shutdown. Thanks to Michael Biebl; fixes
Debian bug #739085.
* NEWS: Document this.
2016-02-21 Raphaël Hertzog
Always install DB entry even if /proc entry exists
* src/update-binfmts.c (act_install): Remove test for existing /proc
entry, superseded by test in act_enable. Fixes Debian bug #750245.
* NEWS: Document this.
2015-08-06 Colin Watson
Upgrade to Automake 1.15 and config.sub 2014-09-11.
2014-08-24 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.5.
Upgrade to Gettext 0.19.2.
2014-08-19 Colin Watson
Update to config.guess 2014-03-23 and config.sub 2014-05-01.
2014-08-19 Riku Voipio
Add support for preserve-argv0 flag
Qemu will start requiring setting P in binfmt_misc
flags [P]. Unfortunately update-binfmts doesn't just
pass flags section as-is. The only supported flag
so far is credentials, which is supported via --credentials
command line flag.
I've implemented a similar --preserve flag in this commit.
This commit (or something similar) needs to land to Debian
before qemu 2.2 can be uploaded.
[P] https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/binfmt_misc.txt
2014-03-30 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.4.
Upgrade to Automake 1:1.14.1-3 (from Debian).
2014-03-30 Cameron Norman
upstart: do not act as a task
* init/upstart/binfmt-support.conf.in: Make the job a service with
pre-start and post-stop stanzas rather than a task, as a task with a
corresponding init script prevents startpar from continuing the boot
sequence past that init script (because the job is considered
"stopped").
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-03-06 Colin Watson
Fix --disable-sysvinit and --disable-openrc configure options
* configure.ac: Check whether $enable_sysvinit and $enable_openrc
are set to "yes", not merely whether they are set at all.
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-20 Colin Watson
Fix test suite when libexecdir is not /usr/lib
* src/tests/Makefile.am (TESTS_ENVIRONMENT): Export pkglibexecdir to
tests.
* src/tests/detectors: Expect interpreter to be set to
$pkglibexecdir/run-detectors rather than
/usr/lib/binfmt-support/run-detectors.
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-20 Colin Watson
* .gitignore: Add src/tests/*.log and src/tests/*.trs.
2014-02-20 Colin Watson
Move Autotools auxiliary build files from tools to build-aux.
"build-aux" is a more conventional location for the Autotools files.
2014-02-18 Colin Watson
Upgrade to Gnulib 20140202.
2014-02-08 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.3.
* init/openrc/binfmt-support.in: Check uname in stop as well.
2014-02-08 Colin Watson
Fix reversed logic in OpenRC script
* init/openrc/binfmt-support.in (start): Fix reversed uname check.
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-07 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.2.
2014-02-07 Colin Watson
Add --enable-sysvinit and --enable-openrc configure options
* configure.ac: Add --enable-sysvinit and --enable-openrc options.
Check that at most one of these is used.
* init/openrc/Makefile.am: Install script if --enable-openrc is
used.
* init/sysvinit/Makefile.am: Install script if --enable-sysvinit is
used.
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-07 Colin Watson
Remove unnecessary file extension
* init/sysvinit/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST, CLEANFILES, noinst_SCRIPTS,
binfmt-support): Remove ".sh" extension.
* init/sysvinit/binfmt-support.sh.in: Rename to ...
* init/sysvinit/binfmt-support.in: ... this.
* .gitignore: Ignore init/sysvinit/binfmt-support rather than
init/sysvinit/binfmt-support.sh.
2014-02-07 Colin Watson
Add OpenRC support
* configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add init/openrc/Makefile.
* init/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add openrc.
* init/openrc/Makefile.am: New file.
* init/openrc/binfmt-support.in: New file.
* .gitignore: Add init/openrc/Makefile and
init/openrc/binfmt-support.
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-07 Colin Watson
Embed full path to update-binfmts into init files
* init/sysvinit/binfmt-support.sh: Rename to ...
* init/sysvinit/binfmt-support.sh.in: ... this, substituting
@sbindir@ and removing PATH setting.
* init/sysvinit/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Distribute
binfmt-support.sh.in.
(CLEANFILES): Clean binfmt-support.sh.
(dist_noinst_SCRIPTS): Rename to ...
(noinst_SCRIPTS): ... this.
(binfmt-support.sh): Generate from binfmt-support.sh.in.
* init/upstart/binfmt-support.conf: Rename to ...
* init/upstart/binfmt-support.conf.in: ... this, substituting
@sbindir@.
* init/upstart/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Distribute
binfmt-support.conf.in.
(CLEANFILES): Clean binfmt-support.conf.
(dist_upstart_DATA): Rename to ...
(upstart_DATA): ... this.
(binfmt-support.conf): Generate from binfmt-support.conf.in.
* .gitignore: Add init/sysvinit/binfmt-support.sh and
init/upstart/binfmt-support.conf.
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-07 Colin Watson
Ensure all necessary directories exist after installation
* configure.ac: Add AC_PROG_MKDIR_P.
* src/Makefile.am (install-data-hook): Create $(admindir) and
$(importdir).
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-07 Colin Watson
Stop hardcoding Debian defaults for various directories
* configure.ac: Substitute admindir, importdir, and procdir.
* man/update-binfmts.8: Rename to ...
* man/update-binfmts.man8: ... this, without hardcoding directories.
* man/Makefile.am (dist_man8_MANS): Rename to ...
(man8_MANS): ... this.
(CLEANFILES): Clean $(man8_MANS).
(.man8.8): Generate manual page with appropriate substitutions.
(dist-hook): Distribute update-binfmts.man8.
* src/Makefile.am (AM_CPPFLAGS): Define ADMINDIR, IMPORTDIR,
PROCDIR, and AUXDIR.
* src/paths.c (admindir, importdir, procdir, auxdir): Use
definitions rather than hardcoding.
* src/run-detectors.c (options): Likewise.
* src/update-binfmts.c (options): Likewise.
* .gitignore: Add man/update-binfmts.8.
* NEWS: Document this.
2014-02-06 Colin Watson
Upgrade to Automake 1.14.1.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Version: 2.1.1.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Fix installation of systemd unit files.
* configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Remove
init/systemd/binfmt-support.service.
* init/systemd/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add
binfmt-support.service.in.
(CLEANFILES): Add binfmt-support.service.
(systemdsystemunit_DATA): Rename to ...
(nodist_systemdsystemunit_DATA): ... this.
(binfmt-support.service): Generate from binfmt-support.service.in.
* NEWS: Document this.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
* configure.ac: Fix --with-systemdsystemunitdir.
* .gitignore: Add **/*.a and **/*.o.
Version: 2.1.0.
* Makefile.am (gen_start_date): Fix fencepost error.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Add a systemd unit file.
* configure.ac: Add --with-systemdsystemunitdir option.
(AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add init/systemd/Makefile and
init/systemd/binfmt-support.service.
* Makefile.am (DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS): Ensure that
--with-systemdsystemunitdir points under ${prefix}.
* init/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add systemd.
* init/systemd/Makefile.am: New file.
* init/systemd/binfmt-support.service.in: New file.
* NEWS: Document this.
* .gitignore: Update.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Add copyright/licence notices to init files.
* .gitignore: Remove Debian-specific files.
* NEWS: New file.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Add sample init configuration.
* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add init.
* configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add init/Makefile,
init/sysvinit/Makefile, and init/upstart/Makefile.
* init/Makefile.am: New file.
* init/sysvinit/Makefile.am: New file.
* init/sysvinit/binfmt-support.sh: New file, stripped down from
debian/init.d in the Debian packaging.
* init/upstart/Makefile.am: New file.
* init/upstart/binfmt-support.conf: New file, copied from
debian/upstart in the Debian packaging.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
gnulib: Import gnupload module.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Improve accuracy of "make dist".
* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add doc.
(EXTRA_DIST): Add gnulib/m4/math_h.m4.
* configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add doc/Makefile.
* doc/Makefile.am: New file.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Stop trying to distribute non-existent files.
* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove gnulib/gets.patch and
gnulib/lib/argp-parse.patch.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Automatically generate ChangeLog from git
* Makefile.am (dist-hook): Add gen-ChangeLog.
(gen-ChangeLog): New rule, based on that in coreutils.
* gnulib: Import gitlog-to-changelog module.
* .gitignore: Add **/*~.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Remove Debian packaging.
* debian/changelog: Copy to ...
* ChangeLog-2013: ... here.
* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add ChangeLog-2013.
* configure.ac (AC_INIT): Stop autogenerating version from
debian/changelog. Bump to 2.1.0.
2013-12-29 Colin Watson
Move to git.
* .bzrignore: Move to ...
* .gitignore: ... here, adjusting for differences between bzr and
git.
* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Replace .bzrignore with .gitignore.
* gnulib: Add --no-vc-files.
binfmt-support-2.2.0/ChangeLog-2013 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000044606 12260040424 013566 0000000 0000000 Previous versions of binfmt-support were maintained solely as a Debian
package. The following is the complete changelog up to the point where
binfmt-support gained its own upstream existence.
binfmt-support (2.0.16) unstable; urgency=low
* Use dh-autoreconf to keep autotools output up to date, especially for
new ports.
* Upgrade to Automake 1.14 and Gnulib 20130805-stable. gnulib/gets.patch
is no longer needed.
-- Colin Watson Wed, 13 Nov 2013 16:04:25 +0000
binfmt-support (2.0.15) unstable; urgency=low
* Build-depend on debhelper (>= 9~) directly rather than requiring a
Lintian override for use of 8.9.0.
* Upgrade to Automake 1.13.2 and autotools-dev 20130515.1.
-- Colin Watson Fri, 07 Jun 2013 11:38:48 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.14) unstable; urgency=low
* Install Upstart job on Debian as well, following new recommendations in
https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UpstartCompatibleInitScripts.
-- Colin Watson Wed, 22 May 2013 09:23:42 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.13) unstable; urgency=low
* Drop python build-dependency; fuse is hardly ever available in
autobuilding environments anyway, so it's ineffective. The test suite
is still useful for manual testing.
-- Colin Watson Fri, 07 Dec 2012 13:55:37 +0000
binfmt-support (2.0.12) unstable; urgency=low
* Fix ineffective --find test.
* Don't show disabled formats in --find output (closes: #689247).
-- Colin Watson Sun, 30 Sep 2012 22:25:11 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.11) unstable; urgency=low
* Backport Gnulib commit 66712c23388e93e5c518ebc8515140fa0c807348 to stop
assuming gets.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 18 Sep 2012 00:05:32 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.10) unstable; urgency=low
* If a binary format is already enabled according to the kernel, which can
happen in chroots if it was installed in the host system, then continue
as gracefully as we can manage rather than exiting non-zero (closes:
#680349).
* Upgrade to Automake 1.11.6.
-- Colin Watson Mon, 30 Jul 2012 10:36:59 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.9) unstable; urgency=low
* Make src/tests/binfmt_misc.py compatible with Python 3.
* Build with V=1 so that tools such as blhc can scan more effectively for
missing build flags.
* Convert debian/copyright to copyright-format 1.0.
* Upgrade to Autoconf 2.69, Automake 1.11.5, and Gnulib 20120404-stable.
gnulib/lib/argp-parse.patch is no longer needed.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 26 Jun 2012 00:22:20 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.8) unstable; urgency=low
* Only print informational messages on non-Linux systems if stderr is a
terminal. This allows saving a couple of processes from the Upstart
job.
* Convert to dpkg-buildflags, using debhelper v9.
-- Colin Watson Sun, 20 Nov 2011 17:24:19 +0000
binfmt-support (2.0.7) unstable; urgency=low
* Fix display tests to actually test the output of --display.
* Upgrade to Gnulib 20110908-stable.
* Display a useful error message rather than crashing if asked to display
a non-existent binary format (closes: #643756, LP: #792601).
-- Colin Watson Thu, 29 Sep 2011 12:38:22 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.6) unstable; urgency=low
* Remove /var/lib/binfmts on purge (closes: #635449).
-- Colin Watson Tue, 26 Jul 2011 09:41:55 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.5) unstable; urgency=low
* Update Vcs-Bzr field for Alioth changes.
* Add an Upstart job, installed only on Ubuntu-derived distributions.
* Upgrade to Autoconf 2.68 and Gnulib 20110609-stable.
* Remove temporary test directory when skipping a test.
-- Colin Watson Sun, 10 Jul 2011 01:15:31 +0100
binfmt-support (2.0.4) unstable; urgency=low
* Add a basic test for --find.
* Use 'fusermount -u' rather than umount when running tests.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 22 Mar 2011 10:39:11 +0000
binfmt-support (2.0.3) unstable; urgency=low
* Mark binfmt-support Multi-Arch: foreign.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 22 Feb 2011 12:26:13 +0000
binfmt-support (2.0.2) unstable; urgency=low
* Upload to unstable.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 08 Feb 2011 10:22:00 +0000
binfmt-support (2.0.1) experimental; urgency=low
* Add a --find option to print the list of interpreters for an executable.
Requested by Loïc Minier.
* Fix crash if get_import returns NULL (LP: #686115).
* Fix hexadecimal expansion to ensure that we only ever parse exactly two
hex digits.
* Use mem* functions rather than str* on binary data when finding
interpreters.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 25 Jan 2011 14:30:52 +0000
binfmt-support (2.0.0) experimental; urgency=low
* Rewrite in C (closes: #602920).
* Upgrade to GPLv3 or later, mostly due to Gnulib.
* Use a separate build directory.
* Add a test suite. This does nothing useful during a default Debian
package build as it currently requires FUSE, but it can be run by hand.
* Add option parsing to run-detectors, mainly so that we can have an
--admindir option for use by the test suite but also to provide a useful
--help.
* Remove cache directory hack, no longer necessary now that we aren't
pulling in Perl at boot time.
-- Colin Watson Mon, 22 Nov 2010 11:15:58 +0000
binfmt-support (1.2.20) experimental; urgency=low
* Fix =~ operator typo in Binfmt::Format.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 16 Nov 2010 17:57:31 +0000
binfmt-support (1.2.19) experimental; urgency=low
* Drop error/warning wrapping; it was cute in 2000, but I find it annoying
now. Use the 'say' feature from Perl 5.10.
* Convert from 'perl -w' to 'use warnings'.
* Strip trailing whitespace from values in database and format files.
* Upgrade to debhelper 8.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 16 Nov 2010 16:16:09 +0000
binfmt-support (1.2.18) unstable; urgency=low
* Convert to source format 3.0 (native).
* Only warn about corrupted files in /var/lib/binfmts/ when we can't
continue without their contents (LP: #547052).
-- Colin Watson Sat, 27 Mar 2010 15:30:40 +0000
binfmt-support (1.2.17) unstable; urgency=low
[ Colin Watson ]
* Exit cleanly on non-Linux systems, rather than causing inconvenient
knock-on errors (closes: #565109).
[ Loïc Minier ]
* Add a new optional field "credentials" which when set to "yes"
corresponds to the binfmt-misc "C" flag; this allows running setuid root
binaries with the interpreter; LP: #519228.
-- Colin Watson Wed, 17 Feb 2010 14:06:05 +0000
binfmt-support (1.2.16) unstable; urgency=low
* Check whether modprobe is available before using it, this time in the
init script too (closes: #567979).
-- Colin Watson Mon, 01 Feb 2010 17:40:51 +0000
binfmt-support (1.2.15) unstable; urgency=low
* Ignore modprobe failures in init script (thanks, Philipp Weis; closes:
#549113).
-- Colin Watson Thu, 01 Oct 2009 19:18:10 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.14) unstable; urgency=low
[ Tormod Volden ]
* Maintain a cache of binary format registration instructions, and use
them from shell at boot time if possible to avoid the Perl slow path
(LP: #320822).
-- Colin Watson Tue, 15 Sep 2009 12:48:37 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.13) unstable; urgency=low
* Upgrade to debhelper 7. Uses override targets, so requires 7.0.50.
* Check that /etc/default/rcS exists before sourcing it.
* Stop hardcoding path to update-binfmts.
* Remove Default-Stop from init script; cf. changelog entry for 1.2.8.
-- Colin Watson Mon, 07 Sep 2009 02:19:38 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.12) unstable; urgency=low
* Moved to bzr.debian.org; add Vcs-Bzr control field.
* Some packages (hi, mono) occasionally seem to try to remove formats that
weren't installed and thus don't have an entry in the administration
directory. Make this non-fatal, since the state is already as requested.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 26 May 2009 10:13:28 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.11) unstable; urgency=low
* Recommend POSIX-compliant shell fragments in README.Debian.
* Remove stray 'closedir ADMINDIR' in act_display (closes: #482482).
-- Colin Watson Fri, 23 May 2008 09:20:19 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.10) unstable; urgency=low
* Fix brown-paper-bag syntax error in Binfmt::Format (thanks, Bastian
Kleineidam; closes: #418343).
* Suppress perl warning about commas within qw().
-- Colin Watson Mon, 09 Apr 2007 18:49:57 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.9) unstable; urgency=low
* Mount /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc nodev, noexec, and nosuid, to guard
against possible future kernel security vulnerabilities.
* Suppress warning on --test --import if the given format file has no
detector line (closes: #383287).
-- Colin Watson Sun, 08 Apr 2007 21:32:00 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.8) unstable; urgency=low
* Disabling binfmt-support on system shutdown is rather pointless, so stop
doing it.
* Move debhelper from Build-Depends-Indep to Build-Depends (for clean
target).
* Use debhelper v4.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 2 May 2006 23:27:09 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.7) unstable; urgency=low
* Remove outdated skeleton comments in init script, since there's very
little of the skeleton left.
* Add LSB info to init script.
* Use log_daemon_msg from lsb-base (>= 3.0-6) for more policy-compliant
init script output.
-- Colin Watson Thu, 27 Oct 2005 13:17:31 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.6) unstable; urgency=low
* Mount binfmt_misc filesystem as 'binfmt_misc' rather than 'none'
(thanks, Roucaries Bastien; closes: #328827).
-- Colin Watson Sat, 17 Sep 2005 17:18:38 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.5) unstable; urgency=low
[ Colin Watson ]
* Stop the postinst/prerm from exiting non-zero if update-binfmts fails,
for example if you're running something other than Linux
(closes: #322193).
* Policy version 3.6.2. No changes required.
* Update GPL notices with the FSF's new address.
[ Scott James Remnant ]
* Use lsb functions in init script.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 30 Aug 2005 17:48:51 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.4) hoary; urgency=low
* Move binfmt-support to start at 90 rather than 20
-- Thom May Fri, 10 Dec 2004 18:19:02 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.3) unstable; urgency=low
* Convert binfmt-support(8) to the -mdoc macro set.
-- Colin Watson Thu, 1 Apr 2004 13:49:02 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.2) unstable; urgency=low
* Document the 'detector' option in format files.
* Don't bother trying to unload the binfmt_misc kernel module when
stopping, since (a) it means we run into a kernel bug, (b) it means we
have to keep track of whether the module was loaded by the administrator
before starting, and (c) it's unimportant anyway. Reassigns #155570 to
kernel.
* Policy version 3.5.9: no changes required.
-- Colin Watson Sat, 26 Apr 2003 19:07:39 +0100
binfmt-support (1.2.1) unstable; urgency=low
* Cosmetic improvements to debian/rules.
* Make update-binfmts(8) render properly under groff's utf8 device: in
particular, use '\-' rather than '-' where a real dash is needed.
-- Colin Watson Mon, 24 Feb 2003 01:48:43 +0000
binfmt-support (1.2.0) unstable; urgency=low
* Support for userspace detectors, at the request of the Mono folks. See
/usr/share/doc/binfmt-support/detectors for the rationale and design.
This involved substantial rearrangements of the code, so we now have a
couple of Perl modules in the Binfmt:: namespace. They don't have a
published interface, so writing code using them directly is a bad idea.
* Check that interpreters (and the new detectors) are executable.
* Localize all filehandles.
* Policy version 3.5.8: drop /usr/doc symlink.
-- Colin Watson Wed, 11 Dec 2002 13:46:12 +0000
binfmt-support (1.1.5) unstable; urgency=low
* Check (again - how did I lose this?) for the existence of $register, not
$procdir, when deciding whether to try loading the kernel module
(closes: #134206).
-- Colin Watson Tue, 5 Mar 2002 21:37:32 +0000
binfmt-support (1.1.4) unstable; urgency=low
* The "phone me if you want a bug fixed" release. :-)
* Apply more careful logic to loading and mounting binfmt_misc on newer
kernels (thanks, Daniel Silverstone; closes: #131236).
* Remove emacs local variables from this changelog.
-- Colin Watson Sun, 3 Feb 2002 20:37:30 +0000
binfmt-support (1.1.3) unstable; urgency=low
* Recommend in README.Debian that packages using --import conflict with
binfmt-support (<< 1.1.2).
-- Colin Watson Sat, 26 Jan 2002 19:05:34 +0000
binfmt-support (1.1.2) unstable; urgency=low
* Fix thinko that meant some warnings weren't printed.
* Make much more careful use of return codes throughout.
* When deciding whether to load the binfmt_misc module, check for the
existence of /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc/register, not merely the
directory. It seems that recent kernels can leave the directory hanging
around even after the module is removed (closes: #129400, #129621).
-- Colin Watson Sat, 19 Jan 2002 19:14:58 +0000
binfmt-support (1.1.1) unstable; urgency=medium
* Return non-fatally if binfmt_misc couldn't be loaded (see #129170).
-- Colin Watson Mon, 14 Jan 2002 13:52:32 +0000
binfmt-support (1.1.0) unstable; urgency=low
* Implement an --import option to allow packages to install format files
without depending on binfmt-support. All format files will be imported
by binfmt-support when it's eventually installed (closes: #119694).
* Update lots of documentation in line with this.
* Install the directory /usr/share/binfmts for format files.
* Don't attempt to load and unload the binfmt_misc kernel module in --test
mode.
* Use Text::Wrap rather than my own wrap() function.
* General code cleanup.
* get_binfmt() now returns a hash, not an array.
* Apply better nroff style to the man page.
* Policy version 3.5.6.
* Perl policy version 1.20.
-- Colin Watson Sun, 6 Jan 2002 13:58:51 +0000
binfmt-support (1.0.6) unstable; urgency=low
* Check whether modprobe is available before using it (closes: #106090).
-- Colin Watson Sat, 21 Jul 2001 17:18:10 +0100
binfmt-support (1.0.5) unstable; urgency=low
* Updated to policy version 3.5.2: no changes required.
* Remove duplicate conffiles entry.
* Support recent -ac kernels which require binfmt_misc to be mounted as a
filesystem. For now, it seems neatest to mount it over
/proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc, but that may change (especially as it's not
clear whether that directory will always exist).
* If disabling all binary formats, also unmount the filesystem if
necessary, and unload the kernel module. This will help upgrading in the
future if the kernel interface is changed again.
-- Colin Watson Fri, 27 Apr 2001 11:58:01 +0100
binfmt-support (1.0.4) unstable; urgency=low
* Uploaded to Debian (closes: #78872).
* New maintainer address.
* Standards-Version: 3.5.1: no changes required.
* Use debhelper v3.
* Updated to new Perl policy.
* This is Architecture: all, so use the binary-indep target in
debian/rules rather than the binary-arch target.
* Started updating the version number automagically.
* Pointed URL in copyright file to the package pool.
* --display can now be called without an argument to display all known
binary formats and whether they are enabled; its output looks better,
too.
* Improved --test option.
* Don't hardcode ENOENT any more, anticipating future Hurd support.
* Print an error message on startup if the operating system isn't Linux
(although the package can still be installed).
* Recoded the option parsing and the actions into dispatch tables.
* Really test for existence of /usr/sbin/update-binfmts in init script.
* Fixed formatting error in man page (\x is an escape sequence).
* "Debian GNU/Linux" -> "Debian GNU".
-- Colin Watson Sat, 17 Feb 2001 14:38:55 +0000
binfmt-support (1.0.3) unstable; urgency=low
* D'oh. update-binfmts should have been in /usr/sbin all along. Updated
README.Debian to account for this.
* Included the GPL in the source package.
* Improved --install/--remove logic:
- Remove entries even if their interpreter has changed, otherwise
deliberately changing interpreters becomes rather awkward. We only
need to make sure that the package is the same.
- --install will now disable existing /proc entries as long as
/var/lib/binfmts is consistent. Without this, you could sometimes end
up with multiple entries in /proc with the same name, due to a kernel
bug. Added some extra checking to make this even less likely.
- Don't warn about there being no /proc entry when removing. This can
easily happen on upgrades, and it also helps maintainer scripts to be
idempotent.
* Running --enable and/or --disable multiple times now doesn't create
multiple entries in /proc with the same name either.
-- Colin Watson Sun, 10 Dec 2000 00:24:18 +0000
binfmt-support (1.0.2) unstable; urgency=low
* Standards-Version: 3.2.1: no changes required.
* Build-Depends-Indep: rather than Build-Depends:.
* Use debhelper DH_COMPAT=2.
* debian/rules: cleanup.
* Don't 'use diagnostics'; it's slow.
* Some additions to the man page.
* Oops, remember to update $VERSION this time.
* Added debian/TODO.
* Added note in README.Debian about requiring binfmt_misc.
-- Colin Watson Wed, 6 Dec 2000 00:45:44 +0000
binfmt-support (1.0.1) unstable; urgency=low
* Improved long description (sysadmins can use update-binfmts too).
* Standards-Version: 3.1.1, Build-Depends: line.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 30 May 2000 23:18:58 +0100
binfmt-support (1.0) unstable; urgency=low
* Initial Release.
-- Colin Watson Tue, 16 May 2000 23:46:15 +0100
binfmt-support-2.2.0/INSTALL 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000036614 13302766577 012512 0000000 0000000 Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2016 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install'
should configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging 'configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and
enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the
results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by
default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create
'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'. You need 'configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of
'autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
'./configure' to configure the package for your system.
Running 'configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type 'make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing 'make clean'. To also remove the
files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'. There is
also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the 'configure' script does not know about. Run './configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is
an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU 'make'. 'cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the 'configure' script. 'configure' automatically checks for the source
code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'. This is known
as a "VPATH" build.
With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems.
Installation Names
==================
By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under
'/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving
'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default
for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that
specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
'make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, 'make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
'${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during 'configure',
but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time
for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile
variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some
platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable. For
example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
'/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}'
at 'configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the
option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to
'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System). The
'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and
'--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
execution of 'make' will be. For these packages, running './configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
overridden with 'make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC
is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their
prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated
files such as 'configure' are involved. Use GNU 'make' instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its '' header file. The option '-nodtk' can be used as a
workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to
try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
these programs are available in '/usr/bin'. So, if you need '/usr/ucb'
in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common',
not '/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
'--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS
KERNEL-OS
See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives
default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'.
'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to 'configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an
Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this
workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
'configure' Invocation
======================
'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
'--help'
'-h'
Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit.
'--help=short'
'--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
'configure', and exit. The 'short' variant lists options used only
in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also
present in any nested packages.
'--version'
'-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure'
script, and exit.
'--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally 'config.cache'. FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to
disable caching.
'--config-cache'
'-C'
Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'.
'--quiet'
'--silent'
'-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
'--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
'configure' can determine that directory automatically.
'--prefix=DIR'
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for
more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the
installation locations.
'--no-create'
'-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
'configure --help' for more details.
binfmt-support-2.2.0/Makefile.am 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000003136 13414110367 013466 0000000 0000000 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
## Copyright (C) 2010 Colin Watson.
##
## This file is part of binfmt-support.
##
## binfmt-support is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
## under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
## Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your
## option) any later version.
##
## binfmt-support is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
## Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
## with binfmt-support; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
## 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
SUBDIRS = gl/lib src doc man init
EXTRA_DIST = \
.gitignore \
ChangeLog-2013 \
bootstrap \
bootstrap.conf \
release.sh
# These macro files are imported by gnulib-tool, but at present not used.
# We include them in the distribution anyway for maximum consistency.
EXTRA_DIST += \
gl/m4/math_h.m4
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I gl/m4 -I m4
dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog
gen_start_date = 2013-12-28
.PHONY: gen-ChangeLog
gen-ChangeLog:
$(AM_V_GEN)if test -d .git; then \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog \
--format='%s%n%n%b%n' \
--since="$(gen_start_date)" > $(distdir)/cl-t; \
rm -f $(distdir)/ChangeLog; \
mv $(distdir)/cl-t $(distdir)/ChangeLog; \
fi
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=\$${prefix}/$(systemdsystemunitdir)
binfmt-support-2.2.0/Makefile.in 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000150012 13422421137 013472 0000000 0000000 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = .
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/binfmt-tar-sort-name.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/00gnulib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/absolute-header.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/alloca.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/argp.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/builtin-expect.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/canonicalize.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/dirname.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/double-slash-root.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/eealloc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/errno_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/error.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/exponentd.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/extensions.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/extern-inline.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/float_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/getdelim.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/getline.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/getopt.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/getprogname.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/gnulib-common.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/gnulib-comp.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/include_next.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/intmax_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/inttypes_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/largefile.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/lib-ignore.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/limits-h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/longlong.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/lstat.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/malloc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/malloca.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/memchr.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/mempcpy.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/mmap-anon.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/msvc-inval.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/msvc-nothrow.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/multiarch.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/nocrash.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/off_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/pathmax.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/printf.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/rawmemchr.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/readlink.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/rename.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/rmdir.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/size_max.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/sleep.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/ssize_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stat-time.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stat.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stdalign.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stdarg.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stdbool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stddef_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stdint.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stdint_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stdio_h.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/stdlib_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/strcase.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/strchrnul.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/strerror.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/string_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/strings_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/strndup.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/strnlen.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/sys_socket_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/sys_stat_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/sys_types_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/sysexits.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/time_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/unistd_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/vasnprintf.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/vasprintf.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/vsnprintf.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/warn-on-use.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/warnings.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/wchar_h.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/wchar_t.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/wint_t.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/xalloc.m4 $(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/xsize.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/xstrndup.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/gl/m4/xvasprintf.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure \
$(am__configure_deps) $(am__DIST_COMMON)
am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
configure.lineno config.status.lineno
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
am__recursive_targets = \
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
$(am__extra_recursive_targets)
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
cscope distdir distdir-am dist dist-all distcheck
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) \
$(LISP)config.h.in
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
# *not* preserved.
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
'
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
# for different programs/libraries.
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
CSCOPE = cscope
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/compile \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/config.guess \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/config.sub \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/install-sh \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/missing COPYING INSTALL NEWS \
build-aux/compile build-aux/config.guess build-aux/config.sub \
build-aux/depcomp build-aux/install-sh build-aux/mdate-sh \
build-aux/missing build-aux/texinfo.tex
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
top_distdir = $(distdir)
am__remove_distdir = \
if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \
find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
&& rm -rf "$(distdir)" \
|| { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \
else :; fi
am__post_remove_distdir = $(am__remove_distdir)
am__relativize = \
dir0=`pwd`; \
sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first" != "."; then \
if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
else \
first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
else \
dir2="../$$dir2"; \
fi; \
dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
fi; \
fi; \
dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
done; \
reldir="$$dir2"
DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz
GZIP_ENV = --best
DIST_TARGETS = dist-gzip
distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \
| sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$'
distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
ALLOCA_H = @ALLOCA_H@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD = @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
AR = @AR@
ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T = @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@
BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T = @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@
BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T = @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@
BITSIZEOF_WINT_T = @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN = @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
EMULTIHOP_VALUE = @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
ENOLINK_HIDDEN = @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
ENOLINK_VALUE = @ENOLINK_VALUE@
EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN = @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
EOVERFLOW_VALUE = @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
ERRNO_H = @ERRNO_H@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FLOAT_H = @FLOAT_H@
GETOPT_CDEFS_H = @GETOPT_CDEFS_H@
GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@
GNULIB_ATOLL = @GNULIB_ATOLL@
GNULIB_BTOWC = @GNULIB_BTOWC@
GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX = @GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX@
GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME = @GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
GNULIB_CHDIR = @GNULIB_CHDIR@
GNULIB_CHOWN = @GNULIB_CHOWN@
GNULIB_CLOSE = @GNULIB_CLOSE@
GNULIB_CTIME = @GNULIB_CTIME@
GNULIB_DPRINTF = @GNULIB_DPRINTF@
GNULIB_DUP = @GNULIB_DUP@
GNULIB_DUP2 = @GNULIB_DUP2@
GNULIB_DUP3 = @GNULIB_DUP3@
GNULIB_ENVIRON = @GNULIB_ENVIRON@
GNULIB_EUIDACCESS = @GNULIB_EUIDACCESS@
GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO = @GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
GNULIB_FACCESSAT = @GNULIB_FACCESSAT@
GNULIB_FCHDIR = @GNULIB_FCHDIR@
GNULIB_FCHMODAT = @GNULIB_FCHMODAT@
GNULIB_FCHOWNAT = @GNULIB_FCHOWNAT@
GNULIB_FCLOSE = @GNULIB_FCLOSE@
GNULIB_FDATASYNC = @GNULIB_FDATASYNC@
GNULIB_FDOPEN = @GNULIB_FDOPEN@
GNULIB_FFLUSH = @GNULIB_FFLUSH@
GNULIB_FFS = @GNULIB_FFS@
GNULIB_FFSL = @GNULIB_FFSL@
GNULIB_FFSLL = @GNULIB_FFSLL@
GNULIB_FGETC = @GNULIB_FGETC@
GNULIB_FGETS = @GNULIB_FGETS@
GNULIB_FOPEN = @GNULIB_FOPEN@
GNULIB_FPRINTF = @GNULIB_FPRINTF@
GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_FPURGE = @GNULIB_FPURGE@
GNULIB_FPUTC = @GNULIB_FPUTC@
GNULIB_FPUTS = @GNULIB_FPUTS@
GNULIB_FREAD = @GNULIB_FREAD@
GNULIB_FREOPEN = @GNULIB_FREOPEN@
GNULIB_FSCANF = @GNULIB_FSCANF@
GNULIB_FSEEK = @GNULIB_FSEEK@
GNULIB_FSEEKO = @GNULIB_FSEEKO@
GNULIB_FSTAT = @GNULIB_FSTAT@
GNULIB_FSTATAT = @GNULIB_FSTATAT@
GNULIB_FSYNC = @GNULIB_FSYNC@
GNULIB_FTELL = @GNULIB_FTELL@
GNULIB_FTELLO = @GNULIB_FTELLO@
GNULIB_FTRUNCATE = @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@
GNULIB_FUTIMENS = @GNULIB_FUTIMENS@
GNULIB_FWRITE = @GNULIB_FWRITE@
GNULIB_GETC = @GNULIB_GETC@
GNULIB_GETCHAR = @GNULIB_GETCHAR@
GNULIB_GETCWD = @GNULIB_GETCWD@
GNULIB_GETDELIM = @GNULIB_GETDELIM@
GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME = @GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@
GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE = @GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE@
GNULIB_GETGROUPS = @GNULIB_GETGROUPS@
GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME = @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@
GNULIB_GETLINE = @GNULIB_GETLINE@
GNULIB_GETLOADAVG = @GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@
GNULIB_GETLOGIN = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN@
GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R = @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@
GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE = @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@
GNULIB_GETPASS = @GNULIB_GETPASS@
GNULIB_GETSUBOPT = @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@
GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY = @GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@
GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL = @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@
GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT = @GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT@
GNULIB_GRANTPT = @GNULIB_GRANTPT@
GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER = @GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER@
GNULIB_ISATTY = @GNULIB_ISATTY@
GNULIB_LCHMOD = @GNULIB_LCHMOD@
GNULIB_LCHOWN = @GNULIB_LCHOWN@
GNULIB_LINK = @GNULIB_LINK@
GNULIB_LINKAT = @GNULIB_LINKAT@
GNULIB_LOCALTIME = @GNULIB_LOCALTIME@
GNULIB_LSEEK = @GNULIB_LSEEK@
GNULIB_LSTAT = @GNULIB_LSTAT@
GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX = @GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX@
GNULIB_MBRLEN = @GNULIB_MBRLEN@
GNULIB_MBRTOWC = @GNULIB_MBRTOWC@
GNULIB_MBSCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSCASESTR = @GNULIB_MBSCASESTR@
GNULIB_MBSCHR = @GNULIB_MBSCHR@
GNULIB_MBSCSPN = @GNULIB_MBSCSPN@
GNULIB_MBSINIT = @GNULIB_MBSINIT@
GNULIB_MBSLEN = @GNULIB_MBSLEN@
GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSNLEN = @GNULIB_MBSNLEN@
GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS = @GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS@
GNULIB_MBSPBRK = @GNULIB_MBSPBRK@
GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP = @GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP@
GNULIB_MBSRCHR = @GNULIB_MBSRCHR@
GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS = @GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS@
GNULIB_MBSSEP = @GNULIB_MBSSEP@
GNULIB_MBSSPN = @GNULIB_MBSSPN@
GNULIB_MBSSTR = @GNULIB_MBSSTR@
GNULIB_MBSTOK_R = @GNULIB_MBSTOK_R@
GNULIB_MBTOWC = @GNULIB_MBTOWC@
GNULIB_MEMCHR = @GNULIB_MEMCHR@
GNULIB_MEMMEM = @GNULIB_MEMMEM@
GNULIB_MEMPCPY = @GNULIB_MEMPCPY@
GNULIB_MEMRCHR = @GNULIB_MEMRCHR@
GNULIB_MKDIRAT = @GNULIB_MKDIRAT@
GNULIB_MKDTEMP = @GNULIB_MKDTEMP@
GNULIB_MKFIFO = @GNULIB_MKFIFO@
GNULIB_MKFIFOAT = @GNULIB_MKFIFOAT@
GNULIB_MKNOD = @GNULIB_MKNOD@
GNULIB_MKNODAT = @GNULIB_MKNODAT@
GNULIB_MKOSTEMP = @GNULIB_MKOSTEMP@
GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS = @GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS@
GNULIB_MKSTEMP = @GNULIB_MKSTEMP@
GNULIB_MKSTEMPS = @GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@
GNULIB_MKTIME = @GNULIB_MKTIME@
GNULIB_NANOSLEEP = @GNULIB_NANOSLEEP@
GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF = @GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT = @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT@
GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T = @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T@
GNULIB_PCLOSE = @GNULIB_PCLOSE@
GNULIB_PERROR = @GNULIB_PERROR@
GNULIB_PIPE = @GNULIB_PIPE@
GNULIB_PIPE2 = @GNULIB_PIPE2@
GNULIB_POPEN = @GNULIB_POPEN@
GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT = @GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT@
GNULIB_PREAD = @GNULIB_PREAD@
GNULIB_PRINTF = @GNULIB_PRINTF@
GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_PTSNAME = @GNULIB_PTSNAME@
GNULIB_PTSNAME_R = @GNULIB_PTSNAME_R@
GNULIB_PUTC = @GNULIB_PUTC@
GNULIB_PUTCHAR = @GNULIB_PUTCHAR@
GNULIB_PUTENV = @GNULIB_PUTENV@
GNULIB_PUTS = @GNULIB_PUTS@
GNULIB_PWRITE = @GNULIB_PWRITE@
GNULIB_QSORT_R = @GNULIB_QSORT_R@
GNULIB_RANDOM = @GNULIB_RANDOM@
GNULIB_RANDOM_R = @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR = @GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR@
GNULIB_READ = @GNULIB_READ@
GNULIB_READLINK = @GNULIB_READLINK@
GNULIB_READLINKAT = @GNULIB_READLINKAT@
GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY = @GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY@
GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX = @GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX@
GNULIB_REALPATH = @GNULIB_REALPATH@
GNULIB_REMOVE = @GNULIB_REMOVE@
GNULIB_RENAME = @GNULIB_RENAME@
GNULIB_RENAMEAT = @GNULIB_RENAMEAT@
GNULIB_RMDIR = @GNULIB_RMDIR@
GNULIB_RPMATCH = @GNULIB_RPMATCH@
GNULIB_SCANF = @GNULIB_SCANF@
GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV = @GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV@
GNULIB_SETENV = @GNULIB_SETENV@
GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME = @GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME@
GNULIB_SLEEP = @GNULIB_SLEEP@
GNULIB_SNPRINTF = @GNULIB_SNPRINTF@
GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_STAT = @GNULIB_STAT@
GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING = @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@
GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE = @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@
GNULIB_STPCPY = @GNULIB_STPCPY@
GNULIB_STPNCPY = @GNULIB_STPNCPY@
GNULIB_STRCASESTR = @GNULIB_STRCASESTR@
GNULIB_STRCHRNUL = @GNULIB_STRCHRNUL@
GNULIB_STRDUP = @GNULIB_STRDUP@
GNULIB_STRERROR = @GNULIB_STRERROR@
GNULIB_STRERROR_R = @GNULIB_STRERROR_R@
GNULIB_STRFTIME = @GNULIB_STRFTIME@
GNULIB_STRNCAT = @GNULIB_STRNCAT@
GNULIB_STRNDUP = @GNULIB_STRNDUP@
GNULIB_STRNLEN = @GNULIB_STRNLEN@
GNULIB_STRPBRK = @GNULIB_STRPBRK@
GNULIB_STRPTIME = @GNULIB_STRPTIME@
GNULIB_STRSEP = @GNULIB_STRSEP@
GNULIB_STRSIGNAL = @GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@
GNULIB_STRSTR = @GNULIB_STRSTR@
GNULIB_STRTOD = @GNULIB_STRTOD@
GNULIB_STRTOK_R = @GNULIB_STRTOK_R@
GNULIB_STRTOLL = @GNULIB_STRTOLL@
GNULIB_STRTOULL = @GNULIB_STRTOULL@
GNULIB_STRVERSCMP = @GNULIB_STRVERSCMP@
GNULIB_SYMLINK = @GNULIB_SYMLINK@
GNULIB_SYMLINKAT = @GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@
GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX = @GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX@
GNULIB_TIMEGM = @GNULIB_TIMEGM@
GNULIB_TIME_R = @GNULIB_TIME_R@
GNULIB_TIME_RZ = @GNULIB_TIME_RZ@
GNULIB_TMPFILE = @GNULIB_TMPFILE@
GNULIB_TRUNCATE = @GNULIB_TRUNCATE@
GNULIB_TTYNAME_R = @GNULIB_TTYNAME_R@
GNULIB_TZSET = @GNULIB_TZSET@
GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING = @GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING@
GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE = @GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE@
GNULIB_UNLINK = @GNULIB_UNLINK@
GNULIB_UNLINKAT = @GNULIB_UNLINKAT@
GNULIB_UNLOCKPT = @GNULIB_UNLOCKPT@
GNULIB_UNSETENV = @GNULIB_UNSETENV@
GNULIB_USLEEP = @GNULIB_USLEEP@
GNULIB_UTIMENSAT = @GNULIB_UTIMENSAT@
GNULIB_VASPRINTF = @GNULIB_VASPRINTF@
GNULIB_VDPRINTF = @GNULIB_VDPRINTF@
GNULIB_VFPRINTF = @GNULIB_VFPRINTF@
GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_VFSCANF = @GNULIB_VFSCANF@
GNULIB_VPRINTF = @GNULIB_VPRINTF@
GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_VSCANF = @GNULIB_VSCANF@
GNULIB_VSNPRINTF = @GNULIB_VSNPRINTF@
GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX = @GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX@
GNULIB_WCPCPY = @GNULIB_WCPCPY@
GNULIB_WCPNCPY = @GNULIB_WCPNCPY@
GNULIB_WCRTOMB = @GNULIB_WCRTOMB@
GNULIB_WCSCASECMP = @GNULIB_WCSCASECMP@
GNULIB_WCSCAT = @GNULIB_WCSCAT@
GNULIB_WCSCHR = @GNULIB_WCSCHR@
GNULIB_WCSCMP = @GNULIB_WCSCMP@
GNULIB_WCSCOLL = @GNULIB_WCSCOLL@
GNULIB_WCSCPY = @GNULIB_WCSCPY@
GNULIB_WCSCSPN = @GNULIB_WCSCSPN@
GNULIB_WCSDUP = @GNULIB_WCSDUP@
GNULIB_WCSFTIME = @GNULIB_WCSFTIME@
GNULIB_WCSLEN = @GNULIB_WCSLEN@
GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP = @GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP@
GNULIB_WCSNCAT = @GNULIB_WCSNCAT@
GNULIB_WCSNCMP = @GNULIB_WCSNCMP@
GNULIB_WCSNCPY = @GNULIB_WCSNCPY@
GNULIB_WCSNLEN = @GNULIB_WCSNLEN@
GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS = @GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS@
GNULIB_WCSPBRK = @GNULIB_WCSPBRK@
GNULIB_WCSRCHR = @GNULIB_WCSRCHR@
GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS = @GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS@
GNULIB_WCSSPN = @GNULIB_WCSSPN@
GNULIB_WCSSTR = @GNULIB_WCSSTR@
GNULIB_WCSTOK = @GNULIB_WCSTOK@
GNULIB_WCSWIDTH = @GNULIB_WCSWIDTH@
GNULIB_WCSXFRM = @GNULIB_WCSXFRM@
GNULIB_WCTOB = @GNULIB_WCTOB@
GNULIB_WCTOMB = @GNULIB_WCTOMB@
GNULIB_WCWIDTH = @GNULIB_WCWIDTH@
GNULIB_WMEMCHR = @GNULIB_WMEMCHR@
GNULIB_WMEMCMP = @GNULIB_WMEMCMP@
GNULIB_WMEMCPY = @GNULIB_WMEMCPY@
GNULIB_WMEMMOVE = @GNULIB_WMEMMOVE@
GNULIB_WMEMSET = @GNULIB_WMEMSET@
GNULIB_WRITE = @GNULIB_WRITE@
GNULIB__EXIT = @GNULIB__EXIT@
GREP = @GREP@
HAVE_ATOLL = @HAVE_ATOLL@
HAVE_BTOWC = @HAVE_BTOWC@
HAVE_C99_STDINT_H = @HAVE_C99_STDINT_H@
HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME = @HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
HAVE_CHOWN = @HAVE_CHOWN@
HAVE_CRTDEFS_H = @HAVE_CRTDEFS_H@
HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON = @HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@
HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR = @HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR@
HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC = @HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC@
HAVE_DECL_FPURGE = @HAVE_DECL_FPURGE@
HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO = @HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO@
HAVE_DECL_FTELLO = @HAVE_DECL_FTELLO@
HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM = @HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM@
HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME = @HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME@
HAVE_DECL_GETLINE = @HAVE_DECL_GETLINE@
HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG@
HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN@
HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R = @HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@
HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE@
HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL = @HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@
HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE = @HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE@
HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R = @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@
HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM = @HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM@
HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR = @HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR@
HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
HAVE_DECL_SETENV = @HAVE_DECL_SETENV@
HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME = @HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME@
HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE = @HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE@
HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF@
HAVE_DECL_STRDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRDUP@
HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R = @HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@
HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP = @HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP = @HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP@
HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN = @HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN@
HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL = @HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL@
HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R = @HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R@
HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE = @HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE@
HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R = @HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R@
HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV = @HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@
HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF = @HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF@
HAVE_DECL_WCTOB = @HAVE_DECL_WCTOB@
HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH = @HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH@
HAVE_DPRINTF = @HAVE_DPRINTF@
HAVE_DUP2 = @HAVE_DUP2@
HAVE_DUP3 = @HAVE_DUP3@
HAVE_EUIDACCESS = @HAVE_EUIDACCESS@
HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO = @HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO@
HAVE_FACCESSAT = @HAVE_FACCESSAT@
HAVE_FCHDIR = @HAVE_FCHDIR@
HAVE_FCHMODAT = @HAVE_FCHMODAT@
HAVE_FCHOWNAT = @HAVE_FCHOWNAT@
HAVE_FDATASYNC = @HAVE_FDATASYNC@
HAVE_FEATURES_H = @HAVE_FEATURES_H@
HAVE_FFS = @HAVE_FFS@
HAVE_FFSL = @HAVE_FFSL@
HAVE_FFSLL = @HAVE_FFSLL@
HAVE_FSEEKO = @HAVE_FSEEKO@
HAVE_FSTATAT = @HAVE_FSTATAT@
HAVE_FSYNC = @HAVE_FSYNC@
HAVE_FTELLO = @HAVE_FTELLO@
HAVE_FTRUNCATE = @HAVE_FTRUNCATE@
HAVE_FUTIMENS = @HAVE_FUTIMENS@
HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE = @HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE@
HAVE_GETGROUPS = @HAVE_GETGROUPS@
HAVE_GETHOSTNAME = @HAVE_GETHOSTNAME@
HAVE_GETLOGIN = @HAVE_GETLOGIN@
HAVE_GETOPT_H = @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
HAVE_GETPAGESIZE = @HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@
HAVE_GETPASS = @HAVE_GETPASS@
HAVE_GETSUBOPT = @HAVE_GETSUBOPT@
HAVE_GRANTPT = @HAVE_GRANTPT@
HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER = @HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER@
HAVE_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
HAVE_LCHMOD = @HAVE_LCHMOD@
HAVE_LCHOWN = @HAVE_LCHOWN@
HAVE_LINK = @HAVE_LINK@
HAVE_LINKAT = @HAVE_LINKAT@
HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT = @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
HAVE_LSTAT = @HAVE_LSTAT@
HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T = @HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T@
HAVE_MBRLEN = @HAVE_MBRLEN@
HAVE_MBRTOWC = @HAVE_MBRTOWC@
HAVE_MBSINIT = @HAVE_MBSINIT@
HAVE_MBSLEN = @HAVE_MBSLEN@
HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS = @HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS@
HAVE_MBSRTOWCS = @HAVE_MBSRTOWCS@
HAVE_MEMCHR = @HAVE_MEMCHR@
HAVE_MEMPCPY = @HAVE_MEMPCPY@
HAVE_MKDIRAT = @HAVE_MKDIRAT@
HAVE_MKDTEMP = @HAVE_MKDTEMP@
HAVE_MKFIFO = @HAVE_MKFIFO@
HAVE_MKFIFOAT = @HAVE_MKFIFOAT@
HAVE_MKNOD = @HAVE_MKNOD@
HAVE_MKNODAT = @HAVE_MKNODAT@
HAVE_MKOSTEMP = @HAVE_MKOSTEMP@
HAVE_MKOSTEMPS = @HAVE_MKOSTEMPS@
HAVE_MKSTEMP = @HAVE_MKSTEMP@
HAVE_MKSTEMPS = @HAVE_MKSTEMPS@
HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER = @HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER@
HAVE_NANOSLEEP = @HAVE_NANOSLEEP@
HAVE_OS_H = @HAVE_OS_H@
HAVE_PCLOSE = @HAVE_PCLOSE@
HAVE_PIPE = @HAVE_PIPE@
HAVE_PIPE2 = @HAVE_PIPE2@
HAVE_POPEN = @HAVE_POPEN@
HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT = @HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT@
HAVE_PREAD = @HAVE_PREAD@
HAVE_PTSNAME = @HAVE_PTSNAME@
HAVE_PTSNAME_R = @HAVE_PTSNAME_R@
HAVE_PWRITE = @HAVE_PWRITE@
HAVE_QSORT_R = @HAVE_QSORT_R@
HAVE_RANDOM = @HAVE_RANDOM@
HAVE_RANDOM_H = @HAVE_RANDOM_H@
HAVE_RANDOM_R = @HAVE_RANDOM_R@
HAVE_RAWMEMCHR = @HAVE_RAWMEMCHR@
HAVE_READLINK = @HAVE_READLINK@
HAVE_READLINKAT = @HAVE_READLINKAT@
HAVE_REALLOCARRAY = @HAVE_REALLOCARRAY@
HAVE_REALPATH = @HAVE_REALPATH@
HAVE_RENAMEAT = @HAVE_RENAMEAT@
HAVE_RPMATCH = @HAVE_RPMATCH@
HAVE_SECURE_GETENV = @HAVE_SECURE_GETENV@
HAVE_SETENV = @HAVE_SETENV@
HAVE_SETHOSTNAME = @HAVE_SETHOSTNAME@
HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@
HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@
HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T = @HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@
HAVE_SLEEP = @HAVE_SLEEP@
HAVE_STDINT_H = @HAVE_STDINT_H@
HAVE_STPCPY = @HAVE_STPCPY@
HAVE_STPNCPY = @HAVE_STPNCPY@
HAVE_STRCASECMP = @HAVE_STRCASECMP@
HAVE_STRCASESTR = @HAVE_STRCASESTR@
HAVE_STRCHRNUL = @HAVE_STRCHRNUL@
HAVE_STRINGS_H = @HAVE_STRINGS_H@
HAVE_STRPBRK = @HAVE_STRPBRK@
HAVE_STRPTIME = @HAVE_STRPTIME@
HAVE_STRSEP = @HAVE_STRSEP@
HAVE_STRTOD = @HAVE_STRTOD@
HAVE_STRTOLL = @HAVE_STRTOLL@
HAVE_STRTOULL = @HAVE_STRTOULL@
HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA = @HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@
HAVE_STRVERSCMP = @HAVE_STRVERSCMP@
HAVE_SYMLINK = @HAVE_SYMLINK@
HAVE_SYMLINKAT = @HAVE_SYMLINKAT@
HAVE_SYSEXITS_H = @HAVE_SYSEXITS_H@
HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@
HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H = @HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H@
HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H = @HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H@
HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H = @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@
HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H = @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@
HAVE_TIMEGM = @HAVE_TIMEGM@
HAVE_TIMEZONE_T = @HAVE_TIMEZONE_T@
HAVE_TZSET = @HAVE_TZSET@
HAVE_UNISTD_H = @HAVE_UNISTD_H@
HAVE_UNLINKAT = @HAVE_UNLINKAT@
HAVE_UNLOCKPT = @HAVE_UNLOCKPT@
HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT = @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
HAVE_USLEEP = @HAVE_USLEEP@
HAVE_UTIMENSAT = @HAVE_UTIMENSAT@
HAVE_VASPRINTF = @HAVE_VASPRINTF@
HAVE_VDPRINTF = @HAVE_VDPRINTF@
HAVE_WCHAR_H = @HAVE_WCHAR_H@
HAVE_WCHAR_T = @HAVE_WCHAR_T@
HAVE_WCPCPY = @HAVE_WCPCPY@
HAVE_WCPNCPY = @HAVE_WCPNCPY@
HAVE_WCRTOMB = @HAVE_WCRTOMB@
HAVE_WCSCASECMP = @HAVE_WCSCASECMP@
HAVE_WCSCAT = @HAVE_WCSCAT@
HAVE_WCSCHR = @HAVE_WCSCHR@
HAVE_WCSCMP = @HAVE_WCSCMP@
HAVE_WCSCOLL = @HAVE_WCSCOLL@
HAVE_WCSCPY = @HAVE_WCSCPY@
HAVE_WCSCSPN = @HAVE_WCSCSPN@
HAVE_WCSDUP = @HAVE_WCSDUP@
HAVE_WCSFTIME = @HAVE_WCSFTIME@
HAVE_WCSLEN = @HAVE_WCSLEN@
HAVE_WCSNCASECMP = @HAVE_WCSNCASECMP@
HAVE_WCSNCAT = @HAVE_WCSNCAT@
HAVE_WCSNCMP = @HAVE_WCSNCMP@
HAVE_WCSNCPY = @HAVE_WCSNCPY@
HAVE_WCSNLEN = @HAVE_WCSNLEN@
HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS = @HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS@
HAVE_WCSPBRK = @HAVE_WCSPBRK@
HAVE_WCSRCHR = @HAVE_WCSRCHR@
HAVE_WCSRTOMBS = @HAVE_WCSRTOMBS@
HAVE_WCSSPN = @HAVE_WCSSPN@
HAVE_WCSSTR = @HAVE_WCSSTR@
HAVE_WCSTOK = @HAVE_WCSTOK@
HAVE_WCSWIDTH = @HAVE_WCSWIDTH@
HAVE_WCSXFRM = @HAVE_WCSXFRM@
HAVE_WINSOCK2_H = @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
HAVE_WINT_T = @HAVE_WINT_T@
HAVE_WMEMCHR = @HAVE_WMEMCHR@
HAVE_WMEMCMP = @HAVE_WMEMCMP@
HAVE_WMEMCPY = @HAVE_WMEMCPY@
HAVE_WMEMMOVE = @HAVE_WMEMMOVE@
HAVE_WMEMSET = @HAVE_WMEMSET@
HAVE__BOOL = @HAVE__BOOL@
HAVE__EXIT = @HAVE__EXIT@
IGNORE_UNUSED_LIBRARIES_CFLAGS = @IGNORE_UNUSED_LIBRARIES_CFLAGS@
INCLUDE_NEXT = @INCLUDE_NEXT@
INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE = @INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBGNU_LIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LIBDEPS@
LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS = @LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIMITS_H = @LIMITS_H@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAINT = @MAINT@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_ERRNO_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_ERRNO_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_FLOAT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_FLOAT_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_GETOPT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_GETOPT_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_LIMITS_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_LIMITS_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDARG_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDARG_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDDEF_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDDEF_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDINT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDINT_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDIO_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDIO_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDLIB_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDLIB_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRINGS_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRINGS_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRING_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRING_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYSEXITS_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYSEXITS_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_STAT_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_STAT_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_TYPES_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_TYPES_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_TIME_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_TIME_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_UNISTD_H@
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_WCHAR_H = @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_WCHAR_H@
NEXT_ERRNO_H = @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
NEXT_FLOAT_H = @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
NEXT_GETOPT_H = @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
NEXT_LIMITS_H = @NEXT_LIMITS_H@
NEXT_STDARG_H = @NEXT_STDARG_H@
NEXT_STDDEF_H = @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
NEXT_STDINT_H = @NEXT_STDINT_H@
NEXT_STDIO_H = @NEXT_STDIO_H@
NEXT_STDLIB_H = @NEXT_STDLIB_H@
NEXT_STRINGS_H = @NEXT_STRINGS_H@
NEXT_STRING_H = @NEXT_STRING_H@
NEXT_SYSEXITS_H = @NEXT_SYSEXITS_H@
NEXT_SYS_STAT_H = @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@
NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H = @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@
NEXT_TIME_H = @NEXT_TIME_H@
NEXT_UNISTD_H = @NEXT_UNISTD_H@
NEXT_WCHAR_H = @NEXT_WCHAR_H@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
PRAGMA_COLUMNS = @PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER = @PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX = @PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
REPLACE_BTOWC = @REPLACE_BTOWC@
REPLACE_CALLOC = @REPLACE_CALLOC@
REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME = @REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
REPLACE_CHOWN = @REPLACE_CHOWN@
REPLACE_CLOSE = @REPLACE_CLOSE@
REPLACE_CTIME = @REPLACE_CTIME@
REPLACE_DPRINTF = @REPLACE_DPRINTF@
REPLACE_DUP = @REPLACE_DUP@
REPLACE_DUP2 = @REPLACE_DUP2@
REPLACE_FACCESSAT = @REPLACE_FACCESSAT@
REPLACE_FCHOWNAT = @REPLACE_FCHOWNAT@
REPLACE_FCLOSE = @REPLACE_FCLOSE@
REPLACE_FDOPEN = @REPLACE_FDOPEN@
REPLACE_FFLUSH = @REPLACE_FFLUSH@
REPLACE_FOPEN = @REPLACE_FOPEN@
REPLACE_FPRINTF = @REPLACE_FPRINTF@
REPLACE_FPURGE = @REPLACE_FPURGE@
REPLACE_FREOPEN = @REPLACE_FREOPEN@
REPLACE_FSEEK = @REPLACE_FSEEK@
REPLACE_FSEEKO = @REPLACE_FSEEKO@
REPLACE_FSTAT = @REPLACE_FSTAT@
REPLACE_FSTATAT = @REPLACE_FSTATAT@
REPLACE_FTELL = @REPLACE_FTELL@
REPLACE_FTELLO = @REPLACE_FTELLO@
REPLACE_FTRUNCATE = @REPLACE_FTRUNCATE@
REPLACE_FUTIMENS = @REPLACE_FUTIMENS@
REPLACE_GETCWD = @REPLACE_GETCWD@
REPLACE_GETDELIM = @REPLACE_GETDELIM@
REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME = @REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME@
REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE = @REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE@
REPLACE_GETGROUPS = @REPLACE_GETGROUPS@
REPLACE_GETLINE = @REPLACE_GETLINE@
REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R = @REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R@
REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE = @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@
REPLACE_GETPASS = @REPLACE_GETPASS@
REPLACE_GMTIME = @REPLACE_GMTIME@
REPLACE_ISATTY = @REPLACE_ISATTY@
REPLACE_ITOLD = @REPLACE_ITOLD@
REPLACE_LCHOWN = @REPLACE_LCHOWN@
REPLACE_LINK = @REPLACE_LINK@
REPLACE_LINKAT = @REPLACE_LINKAT@
REPLACE_LOCALTIME = @REPLACE_LOCALTIME@
REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R = @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@
REPLACE_LSEEK = @REPLACE_LSEEK@
REPLACE_LSTAT = @REPLACE_LSTAT@
REPLACE_MALLOC = @REPLACE_MALLOC@
REPLACE_MBRLEN = @REPLACE_MBRLEN@
REPLACE_MBRTOWC = @REPLACE_MBRTOWC@
REPLACE_MBSINIT = @REPLACE_MBSINIT@
REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS = @REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS@
REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS = @REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS@
REPLACE_MBSTATE_T = @REPLACE_MBSTATE_T@
REPLACE_MBTOWC = @REPLACE_MBTOWC@
REPLACE_MEMCHR = @REPLACE_MEMCHR@
REPLACE_MEMMEM = @REPLACE_MEMMEM@
REPLACE_MKDIR = @REPLACE_MKDIR@
REPLACE_MKFIFO = @REPLACE_MKFIFO@
REPLACE_MKNOD = @REPLACE_MKNOD@
REPLACE_MKSTEMP = @REPLACE_MKSTEMP@
REPLACE_MKTIME = @REPLACE_MKTIME@
REPLACE_NANOSLEEP = @REPLACE_NANOSLEEP@
REPLACE_NULL = @REPLACE_NULL@
REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF = @REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF@
REPLACE_PERROR = @REPLACE_PERROR@
REPLACE_POPEN = @REPLACE_POPEN@
REPLACE_PREAD = @REPLACE_PREAD@
REPLACE_PRINTF = @REPLACE_PRINTF@
REPLACE_PTSNAME = @REPLACE_PTSNAME@
REPLACE_PTSNAME_R = @REPLACE_PTSNAME_R@
REPLACE_PUTENV = @REPLACE_PUTENV@
REPLACE_PWRITE = @REPLACE_PWRITE@
REPLACE_QSORT_R = @REPLACE_QSORT_R@
REPLACE_RANDOM_R = @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
REPLACE_READ = @REPLACE_READ@
REPLACE_READLINK = @REPLACE_READLINK@
REPLACE_READLINKAT = @REPLACE_READLINKAT@
REPLACE_REALLOC = @REPLACE_REALLOC@
REPLACE_REALPATH = @REPLACE_REALPATH@
REPLACE_REMOVE = @REPLACE_REMOVE@
REPLACE_RENAME = @REPLACE_RENAME@
REPLACE_RENAMEAT = @REPLACE_RENAMEAT@
REPLACE_RMDIR = @REPLACE_RMDIR@
REPLACE_SETENV = @REPLACE_SETENV@
REPLACE_SLEEP = @REPLACE_SLEEP@
REPLACE_SNPRINTF = @REPLACE_SNPRINTF@
REPLACE_SPRINTF = @REPLACE_SPRINTF@
REPLACE_STAT = @REPLACE_STAT@
REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS = @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@
REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS = @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@
REPLACE_STPNCPY = @REPLACE_STPNCPY@
REPLACE_STRCASESTR = @REPLACE_STRCASESTR@
REPLACE_STRCHRNUL = @REPLACE_STRCHRNUL@
REPLACE_STRDUP = @REPLACE_STRDUP@
REPLACE_STRERROR = @REPLACE_STRERROR@
REPLACE_STRERROR_R = @REPLACE_STRERROR_R@
REPLACE_STRFTIME = @REPLACE_STRFTIME@
REPLACE_STRNCAT = @REPLACE_STRNCAT@
REPLACE_STRNDUP = @REPLACE_STRNDUP@
REPLACE_STRNLEN = @REPLACE_STRNLEN@
REPLACE_STRSIGNAL = @REPLACE_STRSIGNAL@
REPLACE_STRSTR = @REPLACE_STRSTR@
REPLACE_STRTOD = @REPLACE_STRTOD@
REPLACE_STRTOK_R = @REPLACE_STRTOK_R@
REPLACE_SYMLINK = @REPLACE_SYMLINK@
REPLACE_SYMLINKAT = @REPLACE_SYMLINKAT@
REPLACE_TIMEGM = @REPLACE_TIMEGM@
REPLACE_TMPFILE = @REPLACE_TMPFILE@
REPLACE_TRUNCATE = @REPLACE_TRUNCATE@
REPLACE_TTYNAME_R = @REPLACE_TTYNAME_R@
REPLACE_TZSET = @REPLACE_TZSET@
REPLACE_UNLINK = @REPLACE_UNLINK@
REPLACE_UNLINKAT = @REPLACE_UNLINKAT@
REPLACE_UNSETENV = @REPLACE_UNSETENV@
REPLACE_USLEEP = @REPLACE_USLEEP@
REPLACE_UTIMENSAT = @REPLACE_UTIMENSAT@
REPLACE_VASPRINTF = @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@
REPLACE_VDPRINTF = @REPLACE_VDPRINTF@
REPLACE_VFPRINTF = @REPLACE_VFPRINTF@
REPLACE_VPRINTF = @REPLACE_VPRINTF@
REPLACE_VSNPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSNPRINTF@
REPLACE_VSPRINTF = @REPLACE_VSPRINTF@
REPLACE_WCRTOMB = @REPLACE_WCRTOMB@
REPLACE_WCSFTIME = @REPLACE_WCSFTIME@
REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS = @REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS@
REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS = @REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS@
REPLACE_WCSWIDTH = @REPLACE_WCSWIDTH@
REPLACE_WCTOB = @REPLACE_WCTOB@
REPLACE_WCTOMB = @REPLACE_WCTOMB@
REPLACE_WCWIDTH = @REPLACE_WCWIDTH@
REPLACE_WRITE = @REPLACE_WRITE@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX = @SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@
SIZE_T_SUFFIX = @SIZE_T_SUFFIX@
STDALIGN_H = @STDALIGN_H@
STDARG_H = @STDARG_H@
STDBOOL_H = @STDBOOL_H@
STDDEF_H = @STDDEF_H@
STDINT_H = @STDINT_H@
STRIP = @STRIP@
SYSEXITS_H = @SYSEXITS_H@
SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R = @UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R@
UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC = @UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@
UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H = @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@
UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS = @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WARN_CFLAGS = @WARN_CFLAGS@
WCHAR_T_SUFFIX = @WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@
WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T = @WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T@
WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE = @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@
WINDOWS_STAT_INODES = @WINDOWS_STAT_INODES@
WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC = @WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC@
WINT_T_SUFFIX = @WINT_T_SUFFIX@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
admindir = @admindir@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
gl_LIBOBJS = @gl_LIBOBJS@
gl_LTLIBOBJS = @gl_LTLIBOBJS@
gltests_LIBOBJS = @gltests_LIBOBJS@
gltests_LTLIBOBJS = @gltests_LTLIBOBJS@
gltests_WITNESS = @gltests_WITNESS@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
importdir = @importdir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
libpipeline_CFLAGS = @libpipeline_CFLAGS@
libpipeline_LIBS = @libpipeline_LIBS@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
procdir = @procdir@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
runstatedir = @runstatedir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
systemdsystemunitdir = @systemdsystemunitdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
SUBDIRS = gl/lib src doc man init
# These macro files are imported by gnulib-tool, but at present not used.
# We include them in the distribution anyway for maximum consistency.
EXTRA_DIST = .gitignore ChangeLog-2013 bootstrap bootstrap.conf \
release.sh gl/m4/math_h.m4
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I gl/m4 -I m4
gen_start_date = 2013-12-28
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=\$${prefix}/$(systemdsystemunitdir)
all: config.h
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
am--refresh: Makefile
@:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
$(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
config.h: stamp-h1
@test -f $@ || rm -f stamp-h1
@test -f $@ || $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1
stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@rm -f stamp-h1
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER))
rm -f stamp-h1
touch $@
distclean-hdr:
-rm -f config.h stamp-h1
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
$(am__recursive_targets):
@fail=; \
if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
failcom='fail=yes'; \
else \
failcom='exit 1'; \
fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| eval $$failcom; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
tags: tags-recursive
TAGS: tags
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
"$$@" $$unique; \
else \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
ctags: ctags-recursive
CTAGS: ctags
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
cscope: cscope.files
test ! -s cscope.files \
|| $(CSCOPE) -b -q $(AM_CSCOPEFLAGS) $(CSCOPEFLAGS) -i cscope.files $(CSCOPE_ARGS)
clean-cscope:
-rm -f cscope.files
cscope.files: clean-cscope cscopelist
cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
case "$(srcdir)" in \
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
esac; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then \
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
else \
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
fi; \
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-rm -f cscope.out cscope.in.out cscope.po.out cscope.files
distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
$(am__remove_distdir)
test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
$(am__make_dryrun) \
|| test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
distdir="$$new_distdir" \
am__remove_distdir=: \
am__skip_length_check=: \
am__skip_mode_fix=: \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
dist-hook
-test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
|| find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
-exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
dist-gzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-bzip2: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-lzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-xz: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-tarZ: distdir
@echo WARNING: "Support for distribution archives compressed with" \
"legacy program 'compress' is deprecated." >&2
@echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-shar: distdir
@echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \
"deprecated." >&2
@echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
shar $(distdir) | eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-zip: distdir
-rm -f $(distdir).zip
zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist dist-all:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(DIST_TARGETS) am__post_remove_distdir='@:'
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
# tarfile.
distcheck: dist
case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
*.tar.gz*) \
eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.bz2*) \
bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.lz*) \
lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.xz*) \
xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.Z*) \
uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.shar.gz*) \
eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
*.zip*) \
unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
esac
chmod -R a-w $(distdir)
chmod u+w $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)/_build $(distdir)/_build/sub $(distdir)/_inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
&& dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
&& am__cwd=`pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build/sub \
&& ../../configure \
$(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
--srcdir=../.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
distuninstallcheck \
&& chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
&& ({ \
(cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
} || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
&& rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
&& rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
&& cd "$$am__cwd" \
|| exit 1
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
distuninstallcheck:
@test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \
echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \
'$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \
exit 1; \
}; \
$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \
echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \
exit 1; \
}; \
test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
fi ; \
$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
distcleancheck: distclean
@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
exit 1 ; \
fi
@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
$(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile config.h
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
html-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-recursive
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-recursive
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am:
.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) all install-am install-strip
.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am \
am--refresh check check-am clean clean-cscope clean-generic \
cscope cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \
dist-gzip dist-hook dist-lzip dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-xz \
dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \
dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
uninstall-am
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog
.PHONY: gen-ChangeLog
gen-ChangeLog:
$(AM_V_GEN)if test -d .git; then \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog \
--format='%s%n%n%b%n' \
--since="$(gen_start_date)" > $(distdir)/cl-t; \
rm -f $(distdir)/ChangeLog; \
mv $(distdir)/cl-t $(distdir)/ChangeLog; \
fi
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/NEWS 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000005650 13422420265 012132 0000000 0000000 binfmt-support 2.2.0 (24 January 2019)
======================================
Remove support for the old procfs interface, which has been unused since
Linux 2.4.13 and which caused trouble in environments where we can't use
modprobe. Thanks to Bastian Blank.
Sort formats by name in the output of "update-binfmts --display".
Building binfmt-support now requires Autoconf >= 2.63.
Add a new --unimport action, which is the inverse of --import.
Don't enable formats on import or disable them on unimport unless
/proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc is already mounted. This avoids causing cleanup
problems in chroots.
"--fix-binary yes" is incompatible with detectors. Warn the user if they
try to use both at once. Thanks to Stefan Agner.
binfmt-support 2.1.8 (22 August 2017)
=====================================
Add --disable-upstart and --disable-systemd configure options.
binfmt-support 2.1.7 (9 July 2017)
==================================
Add an "update-binfmts --fix-binary yes" option, mapping to the 'F' flag in
Linux binfmt_misc's flags field. Thanks to Dan Nicholson.
binfmt-support 2.1.6 (21 February 2016)
=======================================
Always install database entry even if /proc entry exists. Thanks to Raphaël
Hertzog.
Implement a stop action for the systemd service. Thanks to Michael Biebl.
binfmt-support 2.1.5 (24 August 2014)
=====================================
Add an "update-binfmts --preserve yes" option, mapping to the 'P' flag in
Linux binfmt_misc's flags field. Thanks to Riku Voipio.
binfmt-support 2.1.4 (30 March 2014)
====================================
Fix test suite when libexecdir is not /usr/lib.
Fix --disable-sysvinit and --disable-openrc configure options.
Make the Upstart job a service with pre-start and post-stop stanzas rather
than a task, as a task with a corresponding init script prevents startpar
from continuing the boot sequence past that init script (because the job is
considered "stopped"). Thanks to Cameron Norman.
binfmt-support 2.1.3 (8 February 2014)
======================================
Fix reversed logic in OpenRC script.
binfmt-support 2.1.2 (7 February 2014)
======================================
Stop hardcoding Debian defaults for various directories.
Ensure all necessary directories exist after installation.
Embed full path to update-binfmts into the sample sysvinit script and the
Upstart job file (the systemd unit file already did this), to save a path
lookup.
Add OpenRC support.
Add mutually-exclusive --enable-sysvinit and --enable-openrc configure
options, which cause the sysvinit or OpenRC script respectively to be
installed to $sysconfdir/init.d/binfmt-support.
binfmt-support 2.1.1 (29 December 2013)
=======================================
Fix installation of systemd unit files.
binfmt-support 2.1.0 (29 December 2013)
=======================================
First separate upstream release, based on previous versions in Debian.
Add a systemd unit file.
binfmt-support-2.2.0/aclocal.m4 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000223325 13422421133 013271 0000000 0000000 # generated automatically by aclocal 1.16.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
[m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],,
[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69.
You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])])
dnl pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*-
dnl serial 11 (pkg-config-0.29)
dnl
dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant .
dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson
dnl
dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
dnl (at your option) any later version.
dnl
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
dnl General Public License for more details.
dnl
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
dnl Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
dnl 02111-1307, USA.
dnl
dnl As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
dnl distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
dnl configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
dnl the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
dnl program.
dnl PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION)
dnl -----------------------
dnl Since: 0.29
dnl
dnl Verify that the version of the pkg-config macros are at least
dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's
dnl installed version of pkg-config, this checks the developer's version
dnl of pkg.m4 when generating configure.
dnl
dnl To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
dnl m4_ifndef([PKG_PREREQ],
dnl [m4_fatal([must install pkg-config 0.29 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
dnl
dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version
dnl of the macros you require.
m4_defun([PKG_PREREQ],
[m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29])
m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, [$1]), -1,
[m4_fatal([pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but ]PKG_MACROS_VERSION[ found])])
])dnl PKG_PREREQ
dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
dnl ----------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.16
dnl
dnl Search for the pkg-config tool and set the PKG_CONFIG variable to
dnl first found in the path. Checks that the version of pkg-config found
dnl is at least MIN-VERSION. If MIN-VERSION is not specified, 0.9.0 is
dnl used since that's the first version where most current features of
dnl pkg-config existed.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$])
m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$])
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path])
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path])
if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
fi
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
_pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
PKG_CONFIG=""
fi
fi[]dnl
])dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
dnl PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl -------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.18
dnl
dnl Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar to
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
dnl
dnl Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
dnl only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place
dnl it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you
dnl have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
m4_default([$2], [:])
m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
$3])dnl
fi])
dnl _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
dnl ---------------------------------------------
dnl Internal wrapper calling pkg-config via PKG_CONFIG and setting
dnl pkg_failed based on the result.
m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
[if test -n "$$1"; then
pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
[pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`
test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ],
[pkg_failed=yes])
else
pkg_failed=untried
fi[]dnl
])dnl _PKG_CONFIG
dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
dnl ---------------------------
dnl Internal check to see if pkg-config supports short errors.
AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
_pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
else
_pkg_short_errors_supported=no
fi[]dnl
])dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl --------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.4.0
dnl
dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
dnl explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
pkg_failed=no
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
else
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
fi
# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR(
[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
$$1_PKG_ERRORS
Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
installed software in a non-standard prefix.
_PKG_TEXT])[]dnl
])
elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE(
[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it
is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
path to pkg-config.
_PKG_TEXT
To get pkg-config, see .])[]dnl
])
else
$1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
$1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
$3
fi[]dnl
])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.29
dnl
dnl Checks for existence of MODULES and gathers its build flags with
dnl static libraries enabled. Sets VARIABLE-PREFIX_CFLAGS from --cflags
dnl and VARIABLE-PREFIX_LIBS from --libs.
dnl
dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC might not happen, you should be sure to
dnl include an explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your
dnl configure.ac.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
_save_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --static"
PKG_CHECK_MODULES($@)
PKG_CONFIG=$_save_PKG_CONFIG[]dnl
])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC
dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY])
dnl -------------------------
dnl Since: 0.27
dnl
dnl Substitutes the variable pkgconfigdir as the location where a module
dnl should install pkg-config .pc files. By default the directory is
dnl $libdir/pkgconfig, but the default can be changed by passing
dnl DIRECTORY. The user can override through the --with-pkgconfigdir
dnl parameter.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_INSTALLDIR],
[m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${libdir}/pkgconfig'])])
m4_pushdef([pkg_description],
[pkg-config installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@])
AC_ARG_WITH([pkgconfigdir],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],,
[with_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default)
AC_SUBST([pkgconfigdir], [$with_pkgconfigdir])
m4_popdef([pkg_default])
m4_popdef([pkg_description])
])dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR
dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY])
dnl --------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.27
dnl
dnl Substitutes the variable noarch_pkgconfigdir as the location where a
dnl module should install arch-independent pkg-config .pc files. By
dnl default the directory is $datadir/pkgconfig, but the default can be
dnl changed by passing DIRECTORY. The user can override through the
dnl --with-noarch-pkgconfigdir parameter.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR],
[m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${datadir}/pkgconfig'])])
m4_pushdef([pkg_description],
[pkg-config arch-independent installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@])
AC_ARG_WITH([noarch-pkgconfigdir],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-noarch-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],,
[with_noarch_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default)
AC_SUBST([noarch_pkgconfigdir], [$with_noarch_pkgconfigdir])
m4_popdef([pkg_default])
m4_popdef([pkg_description])
])dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR
dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR(VARIABLE, MODULE, CONFIG-VARIABLE,
dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
dnl -------------------------------------------
dnl Since: 0.28
dnl
dnl Retrieves the value of the pkg-config variable for the given module.
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_VAR],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1], [value of $3 for $2, overriding pkg-config])dnl
_PKG_CONFIG([$1], [variable="][$3]["], [$2])
AS_VAR_COPY([$1], [pkg_cv_][$1])
AS_VAR_IF([$1], [""], [$5], [$4])dnl
])dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR
# po.m4 serial 24 (gettext-0.19)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003.
AC_PREREQ([2.60])
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_SED])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
dnl Release version of the gettext macros. This is used to ensure that
dnl the gettext macros and po/Makefile.in.in are in sync.
AC_SUBST([GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION], [0.19])
dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
AC_PATH_PROG([GMSGFMT], [gmsgfmt], [$MSGFMT])
dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15.
changequote(,)dnl
case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;;
*) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;;
esac
changequote([,])dnl
AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015])
changequote(,)dnl
case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;;
*) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;;
esac
changequote([,])dnl
AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015])
dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
rm -f messages.po
dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15.
changequote(,)dnl
case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
'' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;;
*) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;;
esac
changequote([,])dnl
AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015])
dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :)
dnl Installation directories.
dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we
dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile.
test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale'
AC_SUBST([localedir])
dnl Support for AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION.
test -n "${XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS+set}" || XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS=
AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[
for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
case "$ac_file" in
*:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
esac
# PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
# Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a
# POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO
# directories under different names or in different locations.
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
gt_tab=`printf '\t'`
cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ${gt_tab}]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
# ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
# on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
# parameters.
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
fi
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assignment from automake < 1.5.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
else
# The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assignment from automake < 1.5.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
fi
# Compute POFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
# Compute UPDATEPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
# Compute DUMMYPOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
# Compute GMOFILES
# as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdirpre= ;;
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
esac
POFILES=
UPDATEPOFILES=
DUMMYPOFILES=
GMOFILES=
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
done
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
# environment variable.
INST_LINGUAS=
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
useit=no
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
else
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
fi
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
# a. equal to presentlang, or
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
case "$desiredlang" in
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
esac
done
if test $useit = yes; then
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
fi
done
fi
CATALOGS=
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
done
fi
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
if test -f "$f"; then
case "$f" in
*.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
*) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
esac
fi
done
fi
;;
esac
done]],
[# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
# POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
# from automake < 1.5.
eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
# Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
])
])
dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
[
# When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
# set:
# - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
# - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
# time.
changequote(,)dnl
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
# Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
gt_echo='echo'
else
if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
gt_echo='printf %s\n'
else
echo_func () {
cat < "$ac_file.tmp"
tab=`printf '\t'`
if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" < /dev/null; then
# Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <> "$ac_file.tmp" < sub/conftest.c
for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
# Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
# Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
done
echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
# We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
# mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
# handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
# versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
case $depmode in
gcc)
# This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
test "$am__universal" = false || continue
;;
nosideeffect)
# After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
# only be used when explicitly requested.
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
continue
else
break
fi
;;
msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
# This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
# not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
# so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
am__minus_obj=
;;
none) break ;;
esac
if depmode=$depmode \
source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
$SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
>/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
# or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
# that says an option was ignored or not supported.
# When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
# icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
# The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
# icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
break
fi
fi
done
cd ..
rm -rf conftest.dir
else
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
fi
])
AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
&& test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
])
# AM_SET_DEPDIR
# -------------
# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
])
# AM_DEP_TRACK
# ------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
[AC_ARG_ENABLE([dependency-tracking], [dnl
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--enable-dependency-tracking],
[do not reject slow dependency extractors])
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--disable-dependency-tracking],
[speeds up one-time build])])
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
am__nodep='_no'
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl
])
# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
# ------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[{
# Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
# are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
# if we detect the quoting.
# TODO: see whether this extra hack can be removed once we start
# requiring Autoconf 2.70 or later.
AS_CASE([$CONFIG_FILES],
[*\'*], [eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES"],
[*], [set x $CONFIG_FILES])
shift
# Used to flag and report bootstrapping failures.
am_rc=0
for am_mf
do
# Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
am_mf=`AS_ECHO(["$am_mf"]) | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
# Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile which includes
# dependency-tracking related rules and includes.
# Grep'ing the whole file directly is not great: AIX grep has a line
# limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
sed -n 's,^am--depfiles:.*,X,p' "$am_mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1 \
|| continue
am_dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME(["$am_mf"])`
am_filepart=`AS_BASENAME(["$am_mf"])`
AM_RUN_LOG([cd "$am_dirpart" \
&& sed -e '/# am--include-marker/d' "$am_filepart" \
| $MAKE -f - am--depfiles]) || am_rc=$?
done
if test $am_rc -ne 0; then
AC_MSG_FAILURE([Something went wrong bootstrapping makefile fragments
for automatic dependency tracking. Try re-running configure with the
'--disable-dependency-tracking' option to at least be able to build
the package (albeit without support for automatic dependency tracking).])
fi
AS_UNSET([am_dirpart])
AS_UNSET([am_filepart])
AS_UNSET([am_mf])
AS_UNSET([am_rc])
rm -f conftest-deps.mk
}
])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
# -----------------------------
# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
#
# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking is enabled.
# This creates each '.Po' and '.Plo' makefile fragment that we'll need in
# order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
[test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" MAKE="${MAKE-make}"])])
# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if
# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O.
m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])
[_AM_PROG_CC_C_O
])
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
# -----------------------------------------------
# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
# We support both call styles for the transition. After
# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
# release and drop the old call support.
AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
[AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl
dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
dnl the ones we care about.
m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
# Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
# is not polluted with repeated "-I."
AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
# test to see if srcdir already configured
if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
fi
fi
# test whether we have cygpath
if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
else
CYGPATH_W=echo
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
# Define the identity of the package.
dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
m4_ifval([$2],
[AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
[$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.])
m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
m4_if(
m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]),
[ok:ok],,
[m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl
# Some tools Automake needs.
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}])
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf])
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}])
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader])
AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo])
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
# For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x
# dies out for good. For more background, see:
#
#
AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)'])
# We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver). The
# system "awk" is bad on some platforms.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
[_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
[_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl
])
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl
dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This
dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
[AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
# POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument
# is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile
# recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is
# actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree.
# See automake bug#10828.
# To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted
# by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the
# user can still override this though.
if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else
cat >&2 <<'END'
Oops!
Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified
on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary
to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with
the upcoming POSIX standard:
Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value
of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This
can help us improve future automake versions.
END
if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then
echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2
echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2
echo >&2
else
cat >&2 <<'END'
Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue.
You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation
that behaves properly: .
If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic
'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM
to "yes", and re-run configure.
END
AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.])
fi
fi
dnl The trailing newline in this macro's definition is deliberate, for
dnl backward compatibility and to allow trailing 'dnl'-style comments
dnl after the AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE invocation. See automake bug#16841.
])
dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
# our stamp files there.
AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
_am_arg=$1
_am_stamp_count=1
for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
case $_am_header in
$_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
break ;;
* )
_am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
esac
done
echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
# Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
# ------------------
# Define $install_sh.
AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then
case $am_aux_dir in
*\ * | *\ *)
install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
*)
install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
esac
fi
AC_SUBST([install_sh])])
# Copyright (C) 2003-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
if test -d .tst; then
am__leading_dot=.
else
am__leading_dot=_
fi
rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*-
# From Jim Meyering
# Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE])
# ----------------------------------
# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles.
# Default is to disable them, unless 'enable' is passed literally.
# For symmetry, 'disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user
# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch.
AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE],
[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]),
[enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])],
[disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])],
[m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])
m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed
AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--]am_maintainer_other[-maintainer-mode],
am_maintainer_other[ make rules and dependencies not useful
(and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer])],
[USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval],
[USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes]))
AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE])
AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes])
MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl
]
)
# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
# -----------------
# Check whether make has an 'include' directive that can support all
# the idioms we need for our automatic dependency tracking code.
AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether ${MAKE-make} supports the include directive])
cat > confinc.mk << 'END'
am__doit:
@echo this is the am__doit target >confinc.out
.PHONY: am__doit
END
am__include="#"
am__quote=
# BSD make does it like this.
echo '.include "confinc.mk" # ignored' > confmf.BSD
# Other make implementations (GNU, Solaris 10, AIX) do it like this.
echo 'include confinc.mk # ignored' > confmf.GNU
_am_result=no
for s in GNU BSD; do
AM_RUN_LOG([${MAKE-make} -f confmf.$s && cat confinc.out])
AS_CASE([$?:`cat confinc.out 2>/dev/null`],
['0:this is the am__doit target'],
[AS_CASE([$s],
[BSD], [am__include='.include' am__quote='"'],
[am__include='include' am__quote=''])])
if test "$am__include" != "#"; then
_am_result="yes ($s style)"
break
fi
done
rm -f confinc.* confmf.*
AC_MSG_RESULT([${_am_result}])
AC_SUBST([am__include])])
AC_SUBST([am__quote])])
# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1997-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
# ------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
AC_SUBST($1)])
# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
# ------------------
# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough.
# If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
case $am_aux_dir in
*\ * | *\ *)
MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
*)
MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
esac
fi
# Use eval to expand $SHELL
if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then
am_missing_run="$MISSING "
else
am_missing_run=
AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing])
fi
])
# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
# -----------------------
AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
# --------------------
# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])])
# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
# ------------------------
# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
# -------------------------------------------
# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
# Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_PROG_CC_C_O
# ---------------
# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. We rewrite AC_PROG_CC
# to automatically call this.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
AC_LANG_PUSH([C])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK(
[whether $CC understands -c and -o together],
[am_cv_prog_cc_c_o],
[AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])])
# Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
# Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
# compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
# though they will create one.
am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
for am_i in 1 2; do
if AM_RUN_LOG([$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext]) \
&& test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
: OK
else
am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
break
fi
done
rm -f core conftest*
unset am_i])
if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
# Losing compiler, so override with the script.
# FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
# But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
# A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
# and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
fi
AC_LANG_POP([C])])
# For backward compatibility.
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])])
# Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_RUN_LOG(COMMAND)
# -------------------
# Run COMMAND, save the exit status in ac_status, and log it.
# (This has been adapted from Autoconf's _AC_RUN_LOG macro.)
AC_DEFUN([AM_RUN_LOG],
[{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $1" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
($1) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
(exit $ac_status); }])
# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_SANITY_CHECK
# ---------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
am_lf='
'
case `pwd` in
*[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
esac
case $srcdir in
*[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*)
AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);;
esac
# Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
# directory).
if (
am_has_slept=no
for am_try in 1 2; do
echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file
set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
# -L didn't work.
set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
fi
if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
&& test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
# If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
# if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
# broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
# happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
alias in your environment])
fi
if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then
break
fi
# Just in case.
sleep 1
am_has_slept=yes
done
test "$[2]" = conftest.file
)
then
# Ok.
:
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
Check your system clock])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
# If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and
# generated files are strictly newer.
am_sleep_pid=
if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
( sleep 1 ) &
am_sleep_pid=$!
fi
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure])
if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then
# Hide warnings about reused PIDs.
wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([done])])
rm -f conftest.file
])
# Copyright (C) 2009-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
# --------------------------
# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
# ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose).
AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--enable-silent-rules],
[less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")])
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--disable-silent-rules],
[verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl
])
case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ (((
yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
esac
dnl
dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep)
dnl do not support nested variable expansions.
dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237.
am_make=${MAKE-make}
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $am_make supports nested variables],
[am_cv_make_support_nested_variables],
[if AS_ECHO([['TRUE=$(BAR$(V))
BAR0=false
BAR1=true
V=1
am__doit:
@$(TRUE)
.PHONY: am__doit']]) | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then
am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes
else
am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no
fi])
if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then
dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make.
AM_V='$(V)'
AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)'
else
AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
fi
AC_SUBST([AM_V])dnl
AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_V])dnl
AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl
AM_BACKSLASH='\'
AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
])
# Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
# ---------------------
# One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't
# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
# always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize
# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
# Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user
# run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right
# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
# will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'.
if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
fi
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
# Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
# ---------------------------
# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
# This macro is traced by Automake.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
# --------------------------
# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 2004-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
# --------------------
# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
# FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'.
#
# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
# $tardir.
# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
#
# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
# a tarball read from stdin.
# $(am__untar) < result.tar
#
AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used
# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ...
AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}'])
# We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
m4_if([$1], [v7],
[am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'],
[m4_case([$1],
[ustar],
[# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields.
# There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact,
# the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343
# and bug#13588).
am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1
am_max_gid=$am_max_uid
# The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort
# to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls
# below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them
# (that is, avoid stderr redirection).
am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown`
am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown`
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format])
if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
_am_tools=none
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format])
if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
_am_tools=none
fi],
[pax],
[],
[m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
# Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we
# need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables.
_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do
case $_am_tool in
gnutar)
for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do
AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
done
am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
;;
plaintar)
# Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
# ustar tarball either.
(tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
am__untar='tar xf -'
;;
pax)
am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
am__untar='pax -r'
;;
cpio)
am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
;;
none)
am__tar=false
am__tar_=false
am__untar=false
;;
esac
# If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
# and am__untar set.
test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
# tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works.
rm -rf conftest.dir
mkdir conftest.dir
echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
rm -rf conftest.dir
if test -s conftest.tar; then
AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break
fi
done
rm -rf conftest.dir
AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
AC_SUBST([am__tar])
AC_SUBST([am__untar])
]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
m4_include([m4/binfmt-tar-sort-name.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/00gnulib.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/absolute-header.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/alloca.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/argp.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/builtin-expect.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/canonicalize.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/dirname.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/double-slash-root.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/eealloc.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/errno_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/error.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/exponentd.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/extensions.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/extern-inline.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/float_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/getdelim.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/getline.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/getopt.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/getprogname.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/gnulib-common.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/gnulib-comp.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/include_next.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/intmax_t.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/inttypes_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/largefile.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/lib-ignore.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/limits-h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/longlong.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/lstat.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/malloc.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/malloca.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/memchr.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/mempcpy.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/mmap-anon.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/msvc-inval.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/msvc-nothrow.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/multiarch.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/nocrash.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/off_t.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/pathmax.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/printf.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/rawmemchr.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/readlink.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/rename.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/rmdir.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/size_max.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/sleep.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/ssize_t.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stat-time.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stat.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stdalign.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stdarg.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stdbool.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stddef_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stdint.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stdint_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stdio_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/stdlib_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/strcase.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/strchrnul.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/strerror.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/string_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/strings_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/strndup.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/strnlen.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/sys_socket_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/sys_stat_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/sys_types_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/sysexits.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/time_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/unistd_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/vasnprintf.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/vasprintf.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/vsnprintf.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/warn-on-use.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/warnings.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/wchar_h.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/wchar_t.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/wint_t.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/xalloc.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/xsize.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/xstrndup.m4])
m4_include([gl/m4/xvasprintf.m4])
binfmt-support-2.2.0/bootstrap 0000775 0001750 0001750 00000101407 13414113522 013371 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# Print a version string.
scriptversion=2019-01-04.17; # UTC
# Bootstrap this package from checked-out sources.
# Copyright (C) 2003-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# Originally written by Paul Eggert. The canonical version of this
# script is maintained as build-aux/bootstrap in gnulib, however, to
# be useful to your project, you should place a copy of it under
# version control in the top-level directory of your project. The
# intent is that all customization can be done with a bootstrap.conf
# file also maintained in your version control; gnulib comes with a
# template build-aux/bootstrap.conf to get you started.
# Please report bugs or propose patches to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
nl='
'
# Ensure file names are sorted consistently across platforms.
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
# Ensure that CDPATH is not set. Otherwise, the output from cd
# would cause trouble in at least one use below.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
local_gl_dir=gl
# Honor $PERL, but work even if there is none.
PERL="${PERL-perl}"
me=$0
default_gnulib_url=git://git.sv.gnu.org/gnulib
usage() {
cat <&2
}
# warn_ WORD1...
warn_ ()
{
# If IFS does not start with ' ', set it and emit the warning in a subshell.
case $IFS in
' '*) warnf_ '%s\n' "$*";;
*) (IFS=' '; warn_ "$@");;
esac
}
# die WORD1...
die() { warn_ "$@"; exit 1; }
# Configuration.
# Name of the Makefile.am
gnulib_mk=gnulib.mk
# List of gnulib modules needed.
gnulib_modules=
# Any gnulib files needed that are not in modules.
gnulib_files=
: ${AUTOPOINT=autopoint}
: ${AUTORECONF=autoreconf}
# A function to be called right after gnulib-tool is run.
# Override it via your own definition in bootstrap.conf.
bootstrap_post_import_hook() { :; }
# A function to be called after everything else in this script.
# Override it via your own definition in bootstrap.conf.
bootstrap_epilogue() { :; }
# The command to download all .po files for a specified domain into a
# specified directory. Fill in the first %s with the destination
# directory and the second with the domain name.
po_download_command_format=\
"wget --mirror --level=1 -nd -q -A.po -P '%s' \
https://translationproject.org/latest/%s/"
# Prefer a non-empty tarname (4th argument of AC_INIT if given), else
# fall back to the package name (1st argument with munging)
extract_package_name='
/^AC_INIT(\[*/{
s///
/^[^,]*,[^,]*,[^,]*,[ []*\([^][ ,)]\)/{
s//\1/
s/[],)].*//
p
q
}
s/[],)].*//
s/^GNU //
y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
s/[^abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_]/-/g
p
}
'
package=$(sed -n "$extract_package_name" configure.ac) \
|| die 'cannot find package name in configure.ac'
gnulib_name=lib$package
build_aux=build-aux
source_base=lib
m4_base=m4
doc_base=doc
tests_base=tests
gnulib_extra_files="
build-aux/install-sh
build-aux/mdate-sh
build-aux/texinfo.tex
build-aux/depcomp
build-aux/config.guess
build-aux/config.sub
doc/INSTALL
"
# Additional gnulib-tool options to use. Use "\newline" to break lines.
gnulib_tool_option_extras=
# Other locale categories that need message catalogs.
EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES=
# Additional xgettext options to use. Use "\\\newline" to break lines.
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS='\\\
--flag=_:1:pass-c-format\\\
--flag=N_:1:pass-c-format\\\
--flag=error:3:c-format --flag=error_at_line:5:c-format\\\
'
# Package bug report address and copyright holder for gettext files
COPYRIGHT_HOLDER='Free Software Foundation, Inc.'
MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS=bug-$package@gnu.org
# Files we don't want to import.
excluded_files=
# File that should exist in the top directory of a checked out hierarchy,
# but not in a distribution tarball.
checkout_only_file=README-hacking
# Whether to use copies instead of symlinks.
copy=false
# Set this to '.cvsignore .gitignore' in bootstrap.conf if you want
# those files to be generated in directories like lib/, m4/, and po/.
# Or set it to 'auto' to make this script select which to use based
# on which version control system (if any) is used in the source directory.
vc_ignore=auto
# Set this to true in bootstrap.conf to enable --bootstrap-sync by
# default.
bootstrap_sync=false
# Use git to update gnulib sources
use_git=true
check_exists() {
if test "$1" = "--verbose"; then
($2 --version /dev/null 2>&1
if test $? -ge 126; then
# If not found, run with diagnostics as one may be
# presented with env variables to set to find the right version
($2 --version /dev/null 2>&1
fi
test $? -lt 126
}
# find_tool ENVVAR NAMES...
# -------------------------
# Search for a required program. Use the value of ENVVAR, if set,
# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run.
# If found, set ENVVAR to the program name, die otherwise.
#
# FIXME: code duplication, see also gnu-web-doc-update.
find_tool ()
{
find_tool_envvar=$1
shift
find_tool_names=$@
eval "find_tool_res=\$$find_tool_envvar"
if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
for i; do
if check_exists $i; then
find_tool_res=$i
break
fi
done
fi
if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
warn_ "one of these is required: $find_tool_names;"
die "alternatively set $find_tool_envvar to a compatible tool"
fi
eval "$find_tool_envvar=\$find_tool_res"
eval "export $find_tool_envvar"
}
# Override the default configuration, if necessary.
# Make sure that bootstrap.conf is sourced from the current directory
# if we were invoked as "sh bootstrap".
case "$0" in
*/*) test -r "$0.conf" && . "$0.conf" ;;
*) test -r "$0.conf" && . ./"$0.conf" ;;
esac
if test "$vc_ignore" = auto; then
vc_ignore=
test -d .git && vc_ignore=.gitignore
test -d CVS && vc_ignore="$vc_ignore .cvsignore"
fi
if test x"$gnulib_modules$gnulib_files$gnulib_extra_files" = x; then
use_gnulib=false
else
use_gnulib=true
fi
# Translate configuration into internal form.
# Parse options.
for option
do
case $option in
--help)
usage
exit;;
--gnulib-srcdir=*)
GNULIB_SRCDIR=${option#--gnulib-srcdir=};;
--skip-po)
SKIP_PO=t;;
--force)
checkout_only_file=;;
--copy)
copy=true;;
--bootstrap-sync)
bootstrap_sync=true;;
--no-bootstrap-sync)
bootstrap_sync=false;;
--no-git)
use_git=false;;
*)
die "$option: unknown option";;
esac
done
$use_git || test -d "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" \
|| die "Error: --no-git requires --gnulib-srcdir"
if test -n "$checkout_only_file" && test ! -r "$checkout_only_file"; then
die "Bootstrapping from a non-checked-out distribution is risky."
fi
# Strip blank and comment lines to leave significant entries.
gitignore_entries() {
sed '/^#/d; /^$/d' "$@"
}
# If $STR is not already on a line by itself in $FILE, insert it at the start.
# Entries are inserted at the start of the ignore list to ensure existing
# entries starting with ! are not overridden. Such entries support
# whitelisting exceptions after a more generic blacklist pattern.
insert_if_absent() {
file=$1
str=$2
test -f $file || touch $file
test -r $file || die "Error: failed to read ignore file: $file"
duplicate_entries=$(gitignore_entries $file | sort | uniq -d)
if [ "$duplicate_entries" ] ; then
die "Error: Duplicate entries in $file: " $duplicate_entries
fi
linesold=$(gitignore_entries $file | wc -l)
linesnew=$( { echo "$str"; cat $file; } | gitignore_entries | sort -u | wc -l)
if [ $linesold != $linesnew ] ; then
{ echo "$str" | cat - $file > $file.bak && mv $file.bak $file; } \
|| die "insert_if_absent $file $str: failed"
fi
}
# Adjust $PATTERN for $VC_IGNORE_FILE and insert it with
# insert_if_absent.
insert_vc_ignore() {
vc_ignore_file="$1"
pattern="$2"
case $vc_ignore_file in
*.gitignore)
# A .gitignore entry that does not start with '/' applies
# recursively to subdirectories, so prepend '/' to every
# .gitignore entry.
pattern=$(echo "$pattern" | sed s,^,/,);;
esac
insert_if_absent "$vc_ignore_file" "$pattern"
}
# Die if there is no AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR($build_aux) line in configure.ac.
found_aux_dir=no
grep '^[ ]*AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(\['"$build_aux"'\])' configure.ac \
>/dev/null && found_aux_dir=yes
grep '^[ ]*AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR('"$build_aux"')' configure.ac \
>/dev/null && found_aux_dir=yes
test $found_aux_dir = yes \
|| die "configure.ac lacks 'AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([$build_aux])'; add it"
# If $build_aux doesn't exist, create it now, otherwise some bits
# below will malfunction. If creating it, also mark it as ignored.
if test ! -d $build_aux; then
mkdir $build_aux
for dot_ig in x $vc_ignore; do
test $dot_ig = x && continue
insert_vc_ignore $dot_ig $build_aux
done
fi
# Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake
# in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a
# but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old
# version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf.
# If we did want full compatibility then we should probably
# use m4_version_compare from autoconf.
sort_ver() { # sort -V is not generally available
ver1="$1"
ver2="$2"
# split on '.' and compare each component
i=1
while : ; do
p1=$(echo "$ver1" | cut -d. -f$i)
p2=$(echo "$ver2" | cut -d. -f$i)
if [ ! "$p1" ]; then
echo "$1 $2"
break
elif [ ! "$p2" ]; then
echo "$2 $1"
break
elif [ ! "$p1" = "$p2" ]; then
if [ "$p1" -gt "$p2" ] 2>/dev/null; then # numeric comparison
echo "$2 $1"
elif [ "$p2" -gt "$p1" ] 2>/dev/null; then # numeric comparison
echo "$1 $2"
else # numeric, then lexicographic comparison
lp=$(printf "$p1\n$p2\n" | LANG=C sort -n | tail -n1)
if [ "$lp" = "$p2" ]; then
echo "$1 $2"
else
echo "$2 $1"
fi
fi
break
fi
i=$(($i+1))
done
}
get_version_sed='
# Move version to start of line.
s/.*[v ]\([0-9]\)/\1/
# Skip lines that do not start with version.
/^[0-9]/!d
# Remove characters after the version.
s/[^.a-z0-9-].*//
# The first component must be digits only.
s/^\([0-9]*\)[a-z-].*/\1/
#the following essentially does s/5.005/5.5/
s/\.0*\([1-9]\)/.\1/g
p
q'
get_version() {
app=$1
$app --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || { $app --version; return 1; }
$app --version 2>&1 | sed -n "$get_version_sed"
}
check_versions() {
ret=0
while read app req_ver; do
# We only need libtoolize from the libtool package.
if test "$app" = libtool; then
app=libtoolize
fi
# Exempt git if --no-git is in effect.
if test "$app" = git; then
$use_git || continue
fi
# Honor $APP variables ($TAR, $AUTOCONF, etc.)
appvar=$(echo $app | LC_ALL=C tr '[a-z]-' '[A-Z]_')
test "$appvar" = TAR && appvar=AMTAR
case $appvar in
GZIP) ;; # Do not use $GZIP: it contains gzip options.
PERL::*) ;; # Keep perl modules as-is
*) eval "app=\${$appvar-$app}" ;;
esac
# Handle the still-experimental Automake-NG programs specially.
# They remain named as the mainstream Automake programs ("automake",
# and "aclocal") to avoid gratuitous incompatibilities with
# pre-existing usages (by, say, autoreconf, or custom autogen.sh
# scripts), but correctly identify themselves (as being part of
# "GNU automake-ng") when asked their version.
case $app in
automake-ng|aclocal-ng)
app=${app%-ng}
($app --version | grep '(GNU automake-ng)') >/dev/null 2>&1 || {
warn_ "Error: '$app' not found or not from Automake-NG"
ret=1
continue
} ;;
# Another check is for perl modules. These can be written as
# e.g. perl::XML::XPath in case of XML::XPath module, etc.
perl::*)
# Extract module name
app="${app#perl::}"
if ! $PERL -m"$app" -e 'exit 0' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
warn_ "Error: perl module '$app' not found"
ret=1
fi
continue
;;
esac
if [ "$req_ver" = "-" ]; then
# Merely require app to exist; not all prereq apps are well-behaved
# so we have to rely on $? rather than get_version.
if ! check_exists --verbose $app; then
warn_ "Error: '$app' not found"
ret=1
fi
else
# Require app to produce a new enough version string.
inst_ver=$(get_version $app)
if [ ! "$inst_ver" ]; then
warn_ "Error: '$app' not found"
ret=1
else
latest_ver=$(sort_ver $req_ver $inst_ver | cut -d' ' -f2)
if [ ! "$latest_ver" = "$inst_ver" ]; then
warnf_ '%s\n' \
"Error: '$app' version == $inst_ver is too old" \
" '$app' version >= $req_ver is required"
ret=1
fi
fi
fi
done
return $ret
}
print_versions() {
echo "Program Min_version"
echo "----------------------"
printf %s "$buildreq"
echo "----------------------"
# can't depend on column -t
}
# Find sha1sum, named gsha1sum on MacPorts, shasum on Mac OS X 10.6.
# Also find the compatible sha1 utility on the BSDs
if test x"$SKIP_PO" = x; then
find_tool SHA1SUM sha1sum gsha1sum shasum sha1
fi
use_libtool=0
# We'd like to use grep -E, to see if any of LT_INIT,
# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, AM_PROG_LIBTOOL is used in configure.ac,
# but that's not portable enough (e.g., for Solaris).
grep '^[ ]*A[CM]_PROG_LIBTOOL' configure.ac >/dev/null \
&& use_libtool=1
grep '^[ ]*LT_INIT' configure.ac >/dev/null \
&& use_libtool=1
if test $use_libtool = 1; then
find_tool LIBTOOLIZE glibtoolize libtoolize
fi
# gnulib-tool requires at least automake and autoconf.
# If either is not listed, add it (with minimum version) as a prerequisite.
case $buildreq in
*automake*) ;;
*) buildreq="automake 1.9
$buildreq" ;;
esac
case $buildreq in
*autoconf*) ;;
*) buildreq="autoconf 2.59
$buildreq" ;;
esac
# When we can deduce that gnulib-tool will require patch,
# and when patch is not already listed as a prerequisite, add it, too.
if test -d "$local_gl_dir" \
&& ! find "$local_gl_dir" -name '*.diff' -exec false {} +; then
case $buildreq in
*patch*) ;;
*) buildreq="patch -
$buildreq" ;;
esac
fi
if ! printf "$buildreq" | check_versions; then
echo >&2
if test -f README-prereq; then
die "See README-prereq for how to get the prerequisite programs"
else
die "Please install the prerequisite programs"
fi
fi
# Warn the user if autom4te appears to be broken; this causes known
# issues with at least gettext 0.18.3.
probe=$(echo 'm4_quote([hi])' | autom4te -l M4sugar -t 'm4_quote:$%' -)
if test "x$probe" != xhi; then
warn_ "WARNING: your autom4te wrapper eats stdin;"
warn_ "if bootstrap fails, consider upgrading your autotools"
fi
echo "$0: Bootstrapping from checked-out $package sources..."
# See if we can use gnulib's git-merge-changelog merge driver.
if $use_git && test -d .git && check_exists git; then
if git config merge.merge-changelog.driver >/dev/null ; then
:
elif check_exists git-merge-changelog; then
echo "$0: initializing git-merge-changelog driver"
git config merge.merge-changelog.name 'GNU-style ChangeLog merge driver'
git config merge.merge-changelog.driver 'git-merge-changelog %O %A %B'
else
echo "$0: consider installing git-merge-changelog from gnulib"
fi
fi
cleanup_gnulib() {
status=$?
rm -fr "$gnulib_path"
exit $status
}
git_modules_config () {
test -f .gitmodules && git config --file .gitmodules "$@"
}
if $use_gnulib; then
if $use_git; then
gnulib_path=$(git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.path)
test -z "$gnulib_path" && gnulib_path=gnulib
fi
# Get gnulib files. Populate $GNULIB_SRCDIR, possibly updating a
# submodule, for use in the rest of the script.
case ${GNULIB_SRCDIR--} in
-)
# Note that $use_git is necessarily true in this case.
if git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
git submodule init -- "$gnulib_path" || exit $?
git submodule update -- "$gnulib_path" || exit $?
elif [ ! -d "$gnulib_path" ]; then
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
trap cleanup_gnulib 1 2 13 15
shallow=
if test -z "$GNULIB_REVISION"; then
git clone -h 2>&1 | grep -- --depth > /dev/null && shallow='--depth 2'
fi
git clone $shallow ${GNULIB_URL:-$default_gnulib_url} "$gnulib_path" \
|| cleanup_gnulib
trap - 1 2 13 15
fi
GNULIB_SRCDIR=$gnulib_path
;;
*)
# Use GNULIB_SRCDIR directly or as a reference.
if $use_git && test -d "$GNULIB_SRCDIR"/.git && \
git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
if git submodule -h|grep -- --reference > /dev/null; then
# Prefer the one-liner available in git 1.6.4 or newer.
git submodule update --init --reference "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" \
"$gnulib_path" || exit $?
else
# This fallback allows at least git 1.5.5.
if test -f "$gnulib_path"/gnulib-tool; then
# Since file already exists, assume submodule init already complete.
git submodule update -- "$gnulib_path" || exit $?
else
# Older git can't clone into an empty directory.
rmdir "$gnulib_path" 2>/dev/null
git clone --reference "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" \
"$(git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url)" "$gnulib_path" \
&& git submodule init -- "$gnulib_path" \
&& git submodule update -- "$gnulib_path" \
|| exit $?
fi
fi
GNULIB_SRCDIR=$gnulib_path
fi
;;
esac
if test -d "$GNULIB_SRCDIR"/.git && test -n "$GNULIB_REVISION" \
&& ! git_modules_config submodule.gnulib.url >/dev/null; then
(cd "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" && git checkout "$GNULIB_REVISION") || cleanup_gnulib
fi
# $GNULIB_SRCDIR now points to the version of gnulib to use, and
# we no longer need to use git or $gnulib_path below here.
if $bootstrap_sync; then
cmp -s "$0" "$GNULIB_SRCDIR/build-aux/bootstrap" || {
echo "$0: updating bootstrap and restarting..."
case $(sh -c 'echo "$1"' -- a) in
a) ignored=--;;
*) ignored=ignored;;
esac
exec sh -c \
'cp "$1" "$2" && shift && exec "${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}" "$@"' \
$ignored "$GNULIB_SRCDIR/build-aux/bootstrap" \
"$0" "$@" --no-bootstrap-sync
}
fi
gnulib_tool=$GNULIB_SRCDIR/gnulib-tool
<$gnulib_tool || exit $?
fi
# Get translations.
download_po_files() {
subdir=$1
domain=$2
echo "$me: getting translations into $subdir for $domain..."
cmd=$(printf "$po_download_command_format" "$subdir" "$domain")
eval "$cmd"
}
# Mirror .po files to $po_dir/.reference and copy only the new
# or modified ones into $po_dir. Also update $po_dir/LINGUAS.
# Note po files that exist locally only are left in $po_dir but will
# not be included in LINGUAS and hence will not be distributed.
update_po_files() {
# Directory containing primary .po files.
# Overwrite them only when we're sure a .po file is new.
po_dir=$1
domain=$2
# Mirror *.po files into this dir.
# Usually contains *.s1 checksum files.
ref_po_dir="$po_dir/.reference"
test -d $ref_po_dir || mkdir $ref_po_dir || return
download_po_files $ref_po_dir $domain \
&& ls "$ref_po_dir"/*.po 2>/dev/null |
sed 's|.*/||; s|\.po$||' > "$po_dir/LINGUAS" || return
langs=$(cd $ref_po_dir && echo *.po | sed 's/\.po//g')
test "$langs" = '*' && langs=x
for po in $langs; do
case $po in x) continue;; esac
new_po="$ref_po_dir/$po.po"
cksum_file="$ref_po_dir/$po.s1"
if ! test -f "$cksum_file" ||
! test -f "$po_dir/$po.po" ||
! $SHA1SUM -c "$cksum_file" < "$new_po" > /dev/null 2>&1; then
echo "$me: updated $po_dir/$po.po..."
cp "$new_po" "$po_dir/$po.po" \
&& $SHA1SUM < "$new_po" > "$cksum_file" || return
fi
done
}
case $SKIP_PO in
'')
if test -d po; then
update_po_files po $package || exit
fi
if test -d runtime-po; then
update_po_files runtime-po $package-runtime || exit
fi;;
esac
symlink_to_dir()
{
src=$1/$2
dst=${3-$2}
test -f "$src" && {
# If the destination directory doesn't exist, create it.
# This is required at least for "lib/uniwidth/cjk.h".
dst_dir=$(dirname "$dst")
if ! test -d "$dst_dir"; then
mkdir -p "$dst_dir"
# If we've just created a directory like lib/uniwidth,
# tell version control system(s) it's ignorable.
# FIXME: for now, this does only one level
parent=$(dirname "$dst_dir")
for dot_ig in x $vc_ignore; do
test $dot_ig = x && continue
ig=$parent/$dot_ig
insert_vc_ignore $ig "${dst_dir##*/}"
done
fi
if $copy; then
{
test ! -h "$dst" || {
echo "$me: rm -f $dst" &&
rm -f "$dst"
}
} &&
test -f "$dst" &&
cmp -s "$src" "$dst" || {
echo "$me: cp -fp $src $dst" &&
cp -fp "$src" "$dst"
}
else
# Leave any existing symlink alone, if it already points to the source,
# so that broken build tools that care about symlink times
# aren't confused into doing unnecessary builds. Conversely, if the
# existing symlink's timestamp is older than the source, make it afresh,
# so that broken tools aren't confused into skipping needed builds. See
# .
test -h "$dst" &&
src_ls=$(ls -diL "$src" 2>/dev/null) && set $src_ls && src_i=$1 &&
dst_ls=$(ls -diL "$dst" 2>/dev/null) && set $dst_ls && dst_i=$1 &&
test "$src_i" = "$dst_i" &&
both_ls=$(ls -dt "$src" "$dst") &&
test "X$both_ls" = "X$dst$nl$src" || {
dot_dots=
case $src in
/*) ;;
*)
case /$dst/ in
*//* | */../* | */./* | /*/*/*/*/*/)
die "invalid symlink calculation: $src -> $dst";;
/*/*/*/*/) dot_dots=../../../;;
/*/*/*/) dot_dots=../../;;
/*/*/) dot_dots=../;;
esac;;
esac
echo "$me: ln -fs $dot_dots$src $dst" &&
ln -fs "$dot_dots$src" "$dst"
}
fi
}
}
version_controlled_file() {
parent=$1
file=$2
if test -d .git; then
git rm -n "$file" > /dev/null 2>&1
elif test -d .svn; then
svn log -r HEAD "$file" > /dev/null 2>&1
elif test -d CVS; then
grep -F "/${file##*/}/" "$parent/CVS/Entries" 2>/dev/null |
grep '^/[^/]*/[0-9]' > /dev/null
else
warn_ "no version control for $file?"
false
fi
}
# NOTE: we have to be careful to run both autopoint and libtoolize
# before gnulib-tool, since gnulib-tool is likely to provide newer
# versions of files "installed" by these two programs.
# Then, *after* gnulib-tool (see below), we have to be careful to
# run autoreconf in such a way that it does not run either of these
# two just-pre-run programs.
# Import from gettext.
with_gettext=yes
grep '^[ ]*AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(' configure.ac >/dev/null || \
with_gettext=no
if test $with_gettext = yes || test $use_libtool = 1; then
tempbase=.bootstrap$$
trap "rm -f $tempbase.0 $tempbase.1" 1 2 13 15
> $tempbase.0 > $tempbase.1 &&
find . ! -type d -print | sort > $tempbase.0 || exit
if test $with_gettext = yes; then
# Released autopoint has the tendency to install macros that have been
# obsoleted in current gnulib, so run this before gnulib-tool.
echo "$0: $AUTOPOINT --force"
$AUTOPOINT --force || exit
fi
# Autoreconf runs aclocal before libtoolize, which causes spurious
# warnings if the initial aclocal is confused by the libtoolized
# (or worse out-of-date) macro directory.
# libtoolize 1.9b added the --install option; but we support back
# to libtoolize 1.5.22, where the install action was default.
if test $use_libtool = 1; then
install=
case $($LIBTOOLIZE --help) in
*--install*) install=--install ;;
esac
echo "running: $LIBTOOLIZE $install --copy"
$LIBTOOLIZE $install --copy
fi
find . ! -type d -print | sort >$tempbase.1
old_IFS=$IFS
IFS=$nl
for file in $(comm -13 $tempbase.0 $tempbase.1); do
IFS=$old_IFS
parent=${file%/*}
version_controlled_file "$parent" "$file" || {
for dot_ig in x $vc_ignore; do
test $dot_ig = x && continue
ig=$parent/$dot_ig
insert_vc_ignore "$ig" "${file##*/}"
done
}
done
IFS=$old_IFS
rm -f $tempbase.0 $tempbase.1
trap - 1 2 13 15
fi
# Import from gnulib.
if $use_gnulib; then
gnulib_tool_options="\
--no-changelog\
--aux-dir=$build_aux\
--doc-base=$doc_base\
--lib=$gnulib_name\
--m4-base=$m4_base/\
--source-base=$source_base/\
--tests-base=$tests_base\
--local-dir=$local_gl_dir\
$gnulib_tool_option_extras\
"
if test $use_libtool = 1; then
case "$gnulib_tool_options " in
*' --libtool '*) ;;
*) gnulib_tool_options="$gnulib_tool_options --libtool" ;;
esac
fi
echo "$0: $gnulib_tool $gnulib_tool_options --import ..."
$gnulib_tool $gnulib_tool_options --import $gnulib_modules \
|| die "gnulib-tool failed"
for file in $gnulib_files; do
symlink_to_dir "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" $file \
|| die "failed to symlink $file"
done
fi
bootstrap_post_import_hook \
|| die "bootstrap_post_import_hook failed"
# Don't proceed if there are uninitialized submodules. In particular,
# the next step will remove dangling links, which might be links into
# uninitialized submodules.
#
# Uninitialized submodules are listed with an initial dash.
if $use_git && git submodule | grep '^-' >/dev/null; then
die "some git submodules are not initialized. " \
"Run 'git submodule init' and bootstrap again."
fi
# Remove any dangling symlink matching "*.m4" or "*.[ch]" in some
# gnulib-populated directories. Such .m4 files would cause aclocal to fail.
# The following requires GNU find 4.2.3 or newer. Considering the usual
# portability constraints of this script, that may seem a very demanding
# requirement, but it should be ok. Ignore any failure, which is fine,
# since this is only a convenience to help developers avoid the relatively
# unusual case in which a symlinked-to .m4 file is git-removed from gnulib
# between successive runs of this script.
find "$m4_base" "$source_base" \
-depth \( -name '*.m4' -o -name '*.[ch]' \) \
-type l -xtype l -delete > /dev/null 2>&1
# Invoke autoreconf with --force --install to ensure upgrades of tools
# such as ylwrap.
AUTORECONFFLAGS="--verbose --install --force -I $m4_base $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
# Some systems (RHEL 5) are using ancient autotools, for which the
# --no-recursive option had not been invented. Detect that lack and
# omit the option when it's not supported. FIXME in 2017: remove this
# hack when RHEL 5 autotools are updated, or when they become irrelevant.
case $($AUTORECONF --help) in
*--no-recursive*) AUTORECONFFLAGS="$AUTORECONFFLAGS --no-recursive";;
esac
# Tell autoreconf not to invoke autopoint or libtoolize; they were run above.
echo "running: AUTOPOINT=true LIBTOOLIZE=true $AUTORECONF $AUTORECONFFLAGS"
AUTOPOINT=true LIBTOOLIZE=true $AUTORECONF $AUTORECONFFLAGS \
|| die "autoreconf failed"
# Get some extra files from gnulib, overriding existing files.
for file in $gnulib_extra_files; do
case $file in
*/INSTALL) dst=INSTALL;;
build-aux/*) dst=$build_aux/${file#build-aux/};;
*) dst=$file;;
esac
symlink_to_dir "$GNULIB_SRCDIR" $file $dst \
|| die "failed to symlink $file"
done
if test $with_gettext = yes; then
# Create gettext configuration.
echo "$0: Creating po/Makevars from po/Makevars.template ..."
rm -f po/Makevars
sed '
/^EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES *=/s/=.*/= '"$EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES"'/
/^COPYRIGHT_HOLDER *=/s/=.*/= '"$COPYRIGHT_HOLDER"'/
/^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s|=.*|= '"$MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS"'|
/^XGETTEXT_OPTIONS *=/{
s/$/ \\/
a\
'"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
}
' po/Makevars.template >po/Makevars \
|| die 'cannot generate po/Makevars'
# If the 'gettext' module is in use, grab the latest Makefile.in.in.
# If only the 'gettext-h' module is in use, assume autopoint already
# put the correct version of this file into place.
case $gnulib_modules in
*gettext-h*) ;;
*gettext*)
cp $GNULIB_SRCDIR/build-aux/po/Makefile.in.in po/Makefile.in.in \
|| die "cannot create po/Makefile.in.in"
;;
esac
if test -d runtime-po; then
# Similarly for runtime-po/Makevars, but not quite the same.
rm -f runtime-po/Makevars
sed '
/^DOMAIN *=.*/s/=.*/= '"$package"'-runtime/
/^subdir *=.*/s/=.*/= runtime-po/
/^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s/=.*/= bug-'"$package"'@gnu.org/
/^XGETTEXT_OPTIONS *=/{
s/$/ \\/
a\
'"$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS_RUNTIME"' $${end_of_xgettext_options+}
}
' po/Makevars.template >runtime-po/Makevars \
|| die 'cannot generate runtime-po/Makevars'
# Copy identical files from po to runtime-po.
(cd po && cp -p Makefile.in.in *-quot *.header *.sed *.sin ../runtime-po)
fi
fi
bootstrap_epilogue
echo "$0: done. Now you can run './configure'."
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/bootstrap.conf 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000002631 13422377660 014325 0000000 0000000 # Bootstrap configuration.
# Copyright (C) 2006-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
GNULIB_REVISION=34881aff4043847f2640d90cf9aa325cc3ad08d6
# gnulib modules used by this package.
gnulib_modules="
argp
array-list
getline
gitlog-to-changelog
gnupload
lib-ignore
rbtreehash-list
rename
strerror
warnings
xalloc
xlist
xstrndup
xvasprintf
"
gnulib_tool_option_extras="\
--no-conditional-dependencies \
--macro-prefix=gl \
--no-vc-files \
"
# This doesn't currently exist, but we set it to avoid confusion with 'gl'
# as the local output directory.
local_gl_dir=gnulib-local
gnulib_name=libgnu
source_base=gl/lib
m4_base=gl/m4
checkout_only_file=
copy=true
vc_ignore=
SKIP_PO=t
# Build prerequisites
buildreq="\
autoconf 2.63
automake 1.11
git 1.5.5
"
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/ 0000775 0001750 0001750 00000000000 13422421156 013401 5 0000000 0000000 binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/compile 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000016327 13422421137 014705 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Tom Tromey .
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to or send patches to
# .
nl='
'
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
IFS=" "" $nl"
file_conv=
# func_file_conv build_file lazy
# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
# take place.
func_file_conv ()
{
file=$1
case $file in
/ | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
if test -z "$file_conv"; then
# lazily determine how to convert abs files
case `uname -s` in
MINGW*)
file_conv=mingw
;;
CYGWIN*)
file_conv=cygwin
;;
*)
file_conv=wine
;;
esac
fi
case $file_conv/,$2, in
*,$file_conv,*)
;;
mingw/*)
file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
;;
cygwin/*)
file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
wine/*)
file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# func_cl_dashL linkdir
# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
func_cl_dashL ()
{
func_file_conv "$1"
if test -z "$lib_path"; then
lib_path=$file
else
lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
fi
linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
}
# func_cl_dashl library
# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
func_cl_dashl ()
{
lib=$1
found=no
save_IFS=$IFS
IFS=';'
for dir in $lib_path $LIB
do
IFS=$save_IFS
if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
break
fi
done
IFS=$save_IFS
if test "$found" != yes; then
lib=$lib.lib
fi
}
# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
# Adjust compile command to suit cl
func_cl_wrapper ()
{
# Assume a capable shell
lib_path=
shared=:
linker_opts=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
shift
;;
*)
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
shift
;;
esac
;;
-I)
eat=1
func_file_conv "$2" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-I*)
func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-l)
eat=1
func_cl_dashl "$2"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-l*)
func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-L)
eat=1
func_cl_dashL "$2"
;;
-L*)
func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
;;
-static)
shared=false
;;
-Wl,*)
arg=${1#-Wl,}
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $arg; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
;;
-Xlinker)
eat=1
linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
;;
-*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
func_file_conv "$1"
set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
shift
;;
*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
func_file_conv "$1" mingw
set x "$@" "$file"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
fi
exec "$@" $linker_opts
exit 1
}
eat=
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
Report bugs to .
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "compile $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
;;
esac
ofile=
cfile=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.obj)
ofile=$2
;;
*)
set x "$@" -o "$2"
shift
;;
esac
;;
*.c)
cfile=$1
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
# If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
# '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
# ok.
exec "$@"
fi
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
# Create the lock directory.
# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
while true; do
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
break
fi
sleep 1
done
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
# Run the compile.
"$@"
ret=$?
if test -f "$cofile"; then
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
fi
rmdir "$lockdir"
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/config.guess 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000126736 13422400566 015660 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2019-01-15'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, see .
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
#
# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
#
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess
#
# Please send patches to .
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]
Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
Options:
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
-v, --version print version number, then exit
Report bugs and patches to ."
version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
Copyright 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
help="
Try \`$me --help' for more information."
# Parse command line
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
--time-stamp | --time* | -t )
echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
--version | -v )
echo "$version" ; exit ;;
--help | --h* | -h )
echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-- ) # Stop option processing
shift; break ;;
- ) # Use stdin as input.
break ;;
-* )
echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
exit 1 ;;
* )
break ;;
esac
done
if test $# != 0; then
echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
exit 1
fi
# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
tmp=
# shellcheck disable=SC2172
trap 'test -z "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"' 0 1 2 13 15
set_cc_for_build() {
: "${TMPDIR=/tmp}"
# shellcheck disable=SC2039
{ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
{ test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) ; } ||
{ tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
{ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; }
dummy=$tmp/dummy
case ${CC_FOR_BUILD-},${HOST_CC-},${CC-} in
,,) echo "int x;" > "$dummy.c"
for driver in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
if ($driver -c -o "$dummy.o" "$dummy.c") >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
CC_FOR_BUILD="$driver"
break
fi
done
if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
fi
;;
,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
esac
}
# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
if test -f /.attbin/uname ; then
PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
fi
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
case "$UNAME_SYSTEM" in
Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
# We could probably try harder.
LIBC=gnu
set_cc_for_build
cat <<-EOF > "$dummy.c"
#include
#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
LIBC=uclibc
#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
LIBC=dietlibc
#else
LIBC=gnu
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`"
# If ldd exists, use it to detect musl libc.
if command -v ldd >/dev/null && \
ldd --version 2>&1 | grep -q ^musl
then
LIBC=musl
fi
;;
esac
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case "$UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM:$UNAME_RELEASE:$UNAME_VERSION" in
*:NetBSD:*:*)
# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
# object file format. This provides both forward
# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
# object file format.
#
# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
# portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \
"/sbin/$sysctl" 2>/dev/null || \
"/usr/sbin/$sysctl" 2>/dev/null || \
echo unknown)`
case "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" in
armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
earmv*)
arch=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'`
endian=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'`
machine="${arch}${endian}"-unknown
;;
*) machine="$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown ;;
esac
# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
# to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI.
case "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" in
earm*)
os=netbsdelf
;;
arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
set_cc_for_build
if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ELF__
then
# Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
# Return netbsd for either. FIX?
os=netbsd
else
os=netbsdelf
fi
;;
*)
os=netbsd
;;
esac
# Determine ABI tags.
case "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" in
earm*)
expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//'
abi=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e "$expr"`
;;
esac
# The OS release
# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
case "$UNAME_VERSION" in
Debian*)
release='-gnu'
;;
*)
release=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2`
;;
esac
# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
echo "$machine-${os}${release}${abi-}"
exit ;;
*:Bitrig:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown-bitrig"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown-openbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:LibertyBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'`
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH"-unknown-libertybsd"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:MidnightBSD:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-midnightbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:ekkoBSD:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-ekkobsd"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:SolidBSD:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-solidbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:MirBSD:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-mirbsd"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:Sortix:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-sortix
exit ;;
*:Redox:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-redox
exit ;;
mips:OSF1:*.*)
echo mips-dec-osf1
exit ;;
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
case $UNAME_RELEASE in
*4.0)
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
;;
*5.*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
;;
esac
# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
# covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
"EV4 (21064)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"EV4.5 (21064)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"LCA4 (21066/21068)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"EV5 (21164)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
"EV5.6 (21164A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
"EV5.6 (21164PC)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
"EV5.7 (21164PC)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;;
"EV6 (21264)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
"EV6.7 (21264A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
"EV6.8CB (21264C)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.8AL (21264B)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.8CX (21264D)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;;
"EV7 (21364)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;;
"EV7.9 (21364A)")
UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;;
esac
# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
# A Vn.n version is a released version.
# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-dec-osf"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`"
# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
exitcode=$?
trap '' 0
exit $exitcode ;;
Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
exit ;;
*:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-amigaos
exit ;;
*:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-morphos
exit ;;
*:OS/390:*:*)
echo i370-ibm-openedition
exit ;;
*:z/VM:*:*)
echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
exit ;;
*:OS400:*:*)
echo powerpc-ibm-os400
exit ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
echo arm-unknown-riscos
exit ;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
exit ;;
Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
else
echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
fi
exit ;;
NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
exit ;;
DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
echo sparc-icl-nx6
exit ;;
DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
esac ;;
s390x:SunOS:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-ibm-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`"
exit ;;
sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-hal-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`"
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-sun-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`"
exit ;;
i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-auroraux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
set_cc_for_build
SUN_ARCH=i386
# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
# This test works for both compilers.
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
SUN_ARCH=x86_64
fi
fi
echo "$SUN_ARCH"-pc-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`"
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
# SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
echo sparc-sun-solaris3"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`"
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
Series*|S4*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
;;
esac
# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
echo sparc-sun-sunos"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/-/_/'`"
exit ;;
sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
echo m68k-sun-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
test "x$UNAME_RELEASE" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3
case "`/bin/arch`" in
sun3)
echo m68k-sun-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
;;
sun4)
echo sparc-sun-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
;;
esac
exit ;;
aushp:SunOS:*:*)
echo sparc-auspex-sunos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
# The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
# can be virtually everything (everything which is not
# "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
# > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
# to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
# the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
# MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
# be no problem.
atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-milan-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-hades-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-mint"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
m68k:machten:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-machten"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
powerpc:machten:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-machten"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
RISC*:Mach:*:*)
echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
exit ;;
RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
echo mips-dec-ultrix"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
echo vax-dec-ultrix"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
echo clipper-intergraph-clix"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
#endif
#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
exit (-1);
}
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" &&
dummyarg=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy" "$dummyarg"` &&
{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
echo mips-mips-riscos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
exit ;;
Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
echo powerpc-harris-powermax
exit ;;
Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
echo powerpc-harris-powermax
exit ;;
Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
exit ;;
m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
echo m88k-harris-cxux7
exit ;;
m88k:*:4*:R4*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
exit ;;
m88k:*:3*:R3*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit ;;
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
if [ "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88100 ] || [ "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88110 ]
then
if [ "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
[ "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = x ]
then
echo m88k-dg-dgux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
else
echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs"$UNAME_RELEASE"
fi
else
echo i586-dg-dgux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
fi
exit ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
exit ;;
M88*:*:R3*:*)
# Delta 88k system running SVR3
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit ;;
XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
exit ;;
Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
exit ;;
*:IRIX*:*:*)
echo mips-sgi-irix"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`"
exit ;;
????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
i*86:AIX:*:*)
echo i386-ibm-aix
exit ;;
ia64:AIX:*:*)
if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
else
IBM_REV="$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE"
fi
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-ibm-aix"$IBM_REV"
exit ;;
*:AIX:2:3)
if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#include
main()
{
if (!__power_pc())
exit(1);
puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
exit(0);
}
EOF
if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"`
then
echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
else
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
fi
elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
else
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit ;;
*:AIX:*:[4567])
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El "$IBM_CPU_ID" | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
else
IBM_ARCH=powerpc
fi
if [ -x /usr/bin/lslpp ] ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc |
awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/`
else
IBM_REV="$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE"
fi
echo "$IBM_ARCH"-ibm-aix"$IBM_REV"
exit ;;
*:AIX:*:*)
echo rs6000-ibm-aix
exit ;;
ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:4.4BSD:*)
echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
exit ;;
ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
echo romp-ibm-bsd"$UNAME_RELEASE" # 4.3 with uname added to
exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
*:BOSX:*:*)
echo rs6000-bull-bosx
exit ;;
DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
echo m68k-bull-sysv3
exit ;;
9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd
exit ;;
hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
exit ;;
9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
9000/31?) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
9000/[34]??) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
case "$sc_cpu_version" in
523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
case "$sc_kernel_bits" in
32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;;
64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;;
'') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;; # HP-UX 10.20
esac ;;
esac
fi
if [ "$HP_ARCH" = "" ]; then
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#define _HPUX_SOURCE
#include
#include
int main ()
{
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
#endif
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
switch (bits)
{
case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
} break;
#else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
#endif
default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
}
exit (0);
}
EOF
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`"$dummy"`
test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
fi ;;
esac
if [ "$HP_ARCH" = hppa2.0w ]
then
set_cc_for_build
# hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
# 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
# generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
#
# $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
# => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
# $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
# => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
grep -q __LP64__
then
HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w
else
HP_ARCH=hppa64
fi
fi
echo "$HP_ARCH"-hp-hpux"$HPUX_REV"
exit ;;
ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
echo ia64-hp-hpux"$HPUX_REV"
exit ;;
3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#include
int
main ()
{
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
/* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
results, however. */
if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
{
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
}
}
else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
exit (0);
}
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` &&
{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
exit ;;
9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
exit ;;
9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
exit ;;
*9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
exit ;;
hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
exit ;;
hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
exit ;;
i*86:OSF1:*:*)
if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-osf1mk
else
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-osf1
fi
exit ;;
parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
exit ;;
C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
exit ;;
C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit ;;
C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
exit ;;
C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
exit ;;
C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
exit ;;
CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
echo ymp-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" \
| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
-e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
echo t90-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
echo sv1-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
*:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
echo craynv-cray-unicosmp"$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-bsdi"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-bsdi"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-bsdi"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
arm:FreeBSD:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
then
echo "${UNAME_PROCESSOR}"-unknown-freebsd"`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`"-gnueabi
else
echo "${UNAME_PROCESSOR}"-unknown-freebsd"`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`"-gnueabihf
fi
exit ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
case "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" in
amd64)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
i386)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=i586 ;;
esac
echo "$UNAME_PROCESSOR"-unknown-freebsd"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`"
exit ;;
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-cygwin
exit ;;
*:MINGW64*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-mingw64
exit ;;
*:MINGW*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-mingw32
exit ;;
*:MSYS*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-msys
exit ;;
i*:PW*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-pw32
exit ;;
*:Interix*:*)
case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
x86)
echo i586-pc-interix"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
echo x86_64-unknown-interix"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
IA64)
echo ia64-unknown-interix"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
esac ;;
i*:UWIN*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-uwin
exit ;;
amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
echo x86_64-pc-cygwin
exit ;;
prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`"
exit ;;
*:GNU:*:*)
# the GNU system
echo "`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-$LIBC`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`"
exit ;;
*:GNU/*:*:*)
# other systems with GNU libc and userland
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-`echo "$UNAME_SYSTEM" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"``echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-$LIBC"
exit ;;
*:Minix:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-minix
exit ;;
aarch64:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
arm*:Linux:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_EABI__
then
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
else
if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
then
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"eabi
else
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"eabihf
fi
fi
exit ;;
avr32*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
cris:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-axis-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
crisv32:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-axis-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
e2k:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
frv:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
hexagon:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
ia64:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
k1om:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
m32r*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
m68*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
#undef CPU
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#else
#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
#else
CPU=
#endif
#endif
EOF
eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`"
test "x$CPU" != x && { echo "$CPU-unknown-linux-$LIBC"; exit; }
;;
mips64el:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
echo or1k-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
padre:Linux:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
echo hppa64-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
# Look for CPU level
case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" ;;
PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" ;;
*) echo hppa-unknown-linux-"$LIBC" ;;
esac
exit ;;
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64le-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
ppcle:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-ibm-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
sh64*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
sh*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
tile*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-dec-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
x86_64:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-linux-"$LIBC"
exit ;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
# sysname and nodename.
echo i386-sequent-sysv4
exit ;;
i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
# number series starting with 2...
# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
# I just have to hope. -- rms.
# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sysv4.2uw"$UNAME_VERSION"
exit ;;
i*86:OS/2:*:*)
# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
# is probably installed.
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-os2-emx
exit ;;
i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-stop
exit ;;
i*86:atheos:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-atheos
exit ;;
i*86:syllable:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-syllable
exit ;;
i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo i386-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
i*86:*DOS:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
i*86:*:4.*:*)
UNAME_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-univel-sysv"$UNAME_REL"
else
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sysv"$UNAME_REL"
fi
exit ;;
i*86:*:5:[678]*)
# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
*486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
*Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
*Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
esac
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}{$UNAME_VERSION}"
exit ;;
i*86:*:3.2:*)
if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sco"$UNAME_REL"
else
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-sysv32
fi
exit ;;
pc:*:*:*)
# Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
exit ;;
paragon:*:*:*)
echo i860-intel-osf1
exit ;;
i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
echo i860-stardent-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE" # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
echo i860-unknown-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE" # Unknown i860-SVR4
fi
exit ;;
mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
# "miniframe"
echo m68010-convergent-sysv
exit ;;
mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
echo m68k-convergent-sysv
exit ;;
M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
echo m68k-diab-dnix
exit ;;
M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
OS_REL=''
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
OS_REL='.3'
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
echo m68k-atari-sysv4
exit ;;
TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
echo mips-dde-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
echo mips-sni-sysv4
exit ;;
RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
echo mips-sni-sysv4
exit ;;
*:SINIX-*:*:*)
if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-sni-sysv4
else
echo ns32k-sni-sysv
fi
exit ;;
PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
# says
echo i586-unisys-sysv4
exit ;;
*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
# From Gerald Hewes .
# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
exit ;;
*:*:*:FTX*)
# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
echo i860-stratus-sysv4
exit ;;
i*86:VOS:*:*)
# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-stratus-vos
exit ;;
*:VOS:*:*)
# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
exit ;;
mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-aux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
echo mips-sony-newsos6
exit ;;
R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
echo mips-nec-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE"
else
echo mips-unknown-sysv"$UNAME_RELEASE"
fi
exit ;;
BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
echo powerpc-be-beos
exit ;;
BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
echo powerpc-apple-beos
exit ;;
BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-beos
exit ;;
BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-haiku
exit ;;
x86_64:Haiku:*:*)
echo x86_64-unknown-haiku
exit ;;
SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx4-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx5-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx6-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx7-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx8-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx8r-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sxace-nec-superux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:Rhapsody:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-apple-rhapsody"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:Darwin:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
set_cc_for_build
if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = unknown ; then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
fi
if test "`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\..*//'`" -le 10 ; then
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
esac
fi
# On 10.4-10.6 one might compile for PowerPC via gcc -arch ppc
if (echo '#ifdef __POWERPC__'; echo IS_PPC; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_PPC >/dev/null
then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
fi
fi
elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then
# Avoid executing cc on OS X 10.9, as it ships with a stub
# that puts up a graphical alert prompting to install
# developer tools. Any system running Mac OS X 10.7 or
# later (Darwin 11 and later) is required to have a 64-bit
# processor. This is not true of the ARM version of Darwin
# that Apple uses in portable devices.
UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64
fi
echo "$UNAME_PROCESSOR"-apple-darwin"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
UNAME_MACHINE=pc
fi
echo "$UNAME_PROCESSOR"-"$UNAME_MACHINE"-nto-qnx"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:QNX:*:4*)
echo i386-pc-qnx
exit ;;
NEO-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo neo-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nse-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
NSR-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nsr-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
NSV-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nsv-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
NSX-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nsx-tandem-nsk"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:NonStop-UX:*:*)
echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
exit ;;
BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
exit ;;
DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-"$UNAME_SYSTEM"-"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:Plan9:*:*)
# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
# operating systems.
# shellcheck disable=SC2154
if test "$cputype" = 386; then
UNAME_MACHINE=i386
else
UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
fi
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-plan9
exit ;;
*:TOPS-10:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
exit ;;
*:TENEX:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
exit ;;
KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
echo pdp10-dec-tops20
exit ;;
XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
exit ;;
*:TOPS-20:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
exit ;;
*:ITS:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-its
exit ;;
SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
echo mips-sei-seiux"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
*:DragonFly:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-dragonfly"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE"|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`"
exit ;;
*:*VMS:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
esac ;;
*:XENIX:*:SysV)
echo i386-pc-xenix
exit ;;
i*86:skyos:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-skyos"`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ .*$//'`"
exit ;;
i*86:rdos:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-rdos
exit ;;
i*86:AROS:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-pc-aros
exit ;;
x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-esx
exit ;;
amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*)
echo x86_64-unknown-onefs
exit ;;
*:Unleashed:*:*)
echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-unknown-unleashed"$UNAME_RELEASE"
exit ;;
esac
echo "$0: unable to guess system type" >&2
case "$UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM" in
mips:Linux | mips64:Linux)
# If we got here on MIPS GNU/Linux, output extra information.
cat >&2 <&2 </dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
UNAME_MACHINE = "$UNAME_MACHINE"
UNAME_RELEASE = "$UNAME_RELEASE"
UNAME_SYSTEM = "$UNAME_SYSTEM"
UNAME_VERSION = "$UNAME_VERSION"
EOF
exit 1
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
# time-stamp-end: "'"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/config.sub 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000075510 13422400566 015314 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
# Copyright 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2019-01-05'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, see .
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
# Please send patches to .
#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
# configuration.
# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS
Canonicalize a configuration name.
Options:
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
-v, --version print version number, then exit
Report bugs and patches to ."
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
Copyright 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
help="
Try \`$me --help' for more information."
# Parse command line
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
--time-stamp | --time* | -t )
echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
--version | -v )
echo "$version" ; exit ;;
--help | --h* | -h )
echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-- ) # Stop option processing
shift; break ;;
- ) # Use stdin as input.
break ;;
-* )
echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
exit 1 ;;
*local*)
# First pass through any local machine types.
echo "$1"
exit ;;
* )
break ;;
esac
done
case $# in
0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
exit 1;;
1) ;;
*) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
# Split fields of configuration type
# shellcheck disable=SC2162
IFS="-" read field1 field2 field3 field4 <&2
exit 1
;;
*-*-*-*)
basic_machine=$field1-$field2
os=$field3-$field4
;;
*-*-*)
# Ambiguous whether COMPANY is present, or skipped and KERNEL-OS is two
# parts
maybe_os=$field2-$field3
case $maybe_os in
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc \
| linux-newlib* | linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* \
| uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* \
| netbsd*-eabi* | kopensolaris*-gnu* | cloudabi*-eabi* \
| storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
basic_machine=$field1
os=$maybe_os
;;
android-linux)
basic_machine=$field1-unknown
os=linux-android
;;
*)
basic_machine=$field1-$field2
os=$field3
;;
esac
;;
*-*)
# A lone config we happen to match not fitting any pattern
case $field1-$field2 in
decstation-3100)
basic_machine=mips-dec
os=
;;
*-*)
# Second component is usually, but not always the OS
case $field2 in
# Prevent following clause from handling this valid os
sun*os*)
basic_machine=$field1
os=$field2
;;
# Manufacturers
dec* | mips* | sequent* | encore* | pc533* | sgi* | sony* \
| att* | 7300* | 3300* | delta* | motorola* | sun[234]* \
| unicom* | ibm* | next | hp | isi* | apollo | altos* \
| convergent* | ncr* | news | 32* | 3600* | 3100* \
| hitachi* | c[123]* | convex* | sun | crds | omron* | dg \
| ultra | tti* | harris | dolphin | highlevel | gould \
| cbm | ns | masscomp | apple | axis | knuth | cray \
| microblaze* | sim | cisco \
| oki | wec | wrs | winbond)
basic_machine=$field1-$field2
os=
;;
*)
basic_machine=$field1
os=$field2
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
*)
# Convert single-component short-hands not valid as part of
# multi-component configurations.
case $field1 in
386bsd)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=bsd
;;
a29khif)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=udi
;;
adobe68k)
basic_machine=m68010-adobe
os=scout
;;
alliant)
basic_machine=fx80-alliant
os=
;;
altos | altos3068)
basic_machine=m68k-altos
os=
;;
am29k)
basic_machine=a29k-none
os=bsd
;;
amdahl)
basic_machine=580-amdahl
os=sysv
;;
amiga)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=
;;
amigaos | amigados)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=amigaos
;;
amigaunix | amix)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=sysv4
;;
apollo68)
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
os=sysv
;;
apollo68bsd)
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
os=bsd
;;
aros)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=aros
;;
aux)
basic_machine=m68k-apple
os=aux
;;
balance)
basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
os=dynix
;;
blackfin)
basic_machine=bfin-unknown
os=linux
;;
cegcc)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
os=cegcc
;;
convex-c1)
basic_machine=c1-convex
os=bsd
;;
convex-c2)
basic_machine=c2-convex
os=bsd
;;
convex-c32)
basic_machine=c32-convex
os=bsd
;;
convex-c34)
basic_machine=c34-convex
os=bsd
;;
convex-c38)
basic_machine=c38-convex
os=bsd
;;
cray)
basic_machine=j90-cray
os=unicos
;;
crds | unos)
basic_machine=m68k-crds
os=
;;
da30)
basic_machine=m68k-da30
os=
;;
decstation | pmax | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
basic_machine=mips-dec
os=
;;
delta88)
basic_machine=m88k-motorola
os=sysv3
;;
dicos)
basic_machine=i686-pc
os=dicos
;;
djgpp)
basic_machine=i586-pc
os=msdosdjgpp
;;
ebmon29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=ebmon
;;
es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
os=ose
;;
gmicro)
basic_machine=tron-gmicro
os=sysv
;;
go32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=go32
;;
h8300hms)
basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
os=hms
;;
h8300xray)
basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
os=xray
;;
h8500hms)
basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
os=hms
;;
harris)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
os=sysv3
;;
hp300)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
;;
hp300bsd)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
os=bsd
;;
hp300hpux)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
os=hpux
;;
hppaosf)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
os=osf
;;
hppro)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
os=proelf
;;
i386mach)
basic_machine=i386-mach
os=mach
;;
vsta)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=vsta
;;
isi68 | isi)
basic_machine=m68k-isi
os=sysv
;;
m68knommu)
basic_machine=m68k-unknown
os=linux
;;
magnum | m3230)
basic_machine=mips-mips
os=sysv
;;
merlin)
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=sysv
;;
mingw64)
basic_machine=x86_64-pc
os=mingw64
;;
mingw32)
basic_machine=i686-pc
os=mingw32
;;
mingw32ce)
basic_machine=arm-unknown
os=mingw32ce
;;
monitor)
basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
os=coff
;;
morphos)
basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
os=morphos
;;
moxiebox)
basic_machine=moxie-unknown
os=moxiebox
;;
msdos)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=msdos
;;
msys)
basic_machine=i686-pc
os=msys
;;
mvs)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
os=mvs
;;
nacl)
basic_machine=le32-unknown
os=nacl
;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
os=sysv4
;;
netbsd386)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=netbsd
;;
netwinder)
basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
os=linux
;;
news | news700 | news800 | news900)
basic_machine=m68k-sony
os=newsos
;;
news1000)
basic_machine=m68030-sony
os=newsos
;;
necv70)
basic_machine=v70-nec
os=sysv
;;
nh3000)
basic_machine=m68k-harris
os=cxux
;;
nh[45]000)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
os=cxux
;;
nindy960)
basic_machine=i960-intel
os=nindy
;;
mon960)
basic_machine=i960-intel
os=mon960
;;
nonstopux)
basic_machine=mips-compaq
os=nonstopux
;;
os400)
basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
os=os400
;;
OSE68000 | ose68000)
basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
os=ose
;;
os68k)
basic_machine=m68k-none
os=os68k
;;
paragon)
basic_machine=i860-intel
os=osf
;;
parisc)
basic_machine=hppa-unknown
os=linux
;;
pw32)
basic_machine=i586-unknown
os=pw32
;;
rdos | rdos64)
basic_machine=x86_64-pc
os=rdos
;;
rdos32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=rdos
;;
rom68k)
basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
os=coff
;;
sa29200)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=udi
;;
sei)
basic_machine=mips-sei
os=seiux
;;
sequent)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
os=
;;
sps7)
basic_machine=m68k-bull
os=sysv2
;;
st2000)
basic_machine=m68k-tandem
os=
;;
stratus)
basic_machine=i860-stratus
os=sysv4
;;
sun2)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
os=
;;
sun2os3)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
os=sunos3
;;
sun2os4)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
os=sunos4
;;
sun3)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
os=
;;
sun3os3)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
os=sunos3
;;
sun3os4)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
os=sunos4
;;
sun4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=
;;
sun4os3)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=sunos3
;;
sun4os4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=sunos4
;;
sun4sol2)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=solaris2
;;
sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
basic_machine=i386-sun
os=
;;
sv1)
basic_machine=sv1-cray
os=unicos
;;
symmetry)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
os=dynix
;;
t3e)
basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
os=unicos
;;
t90)
basic_machine=t90-cray
os=unicos
;;
toad1)
basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
os=tops20
;;
tpf)
basic_machine=s390x-ibm
os=tpf
;;
udi29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=udi
;;
ultra3)
basic_machine=a29k-nyu
os=sym1
;;
v810 | necv810)
basic_machine=v810-nec
os=none
;;
vaxv)
basic_machine=vax-dec
os=sysv
;;
vms)
basic_machine=vax-dec
os=vms
;;
vxworks960)
basic_machine=i960-wrs
os=vxworks
;;
vxworks68)
basic_machine=m68k-wrs
os=vxworks
;;
vxworks29k)
basic_machine=a29k-wrs
os=vxworks
;;
xbox)
basic_machine=i686-pc
os=mingw32
;;
ymp)
basic_machine=ymp-cray
os=unicos
;;
*)
basic_machine=$1
os=
;;
esac
;;
esac
# Decode 1-component or ad-hoc basic machines
case $basic_machine in
# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
w89k)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=winbond
;;
op50n)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=oki
;;
op60c)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=oki
;;
ibm*)
cpu=i370
vendor=ibm
;;
orion105)
cpu=clipper
vendor=highlevel
;;
mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
cpu=m68k
vendor=apple
;;
pmac | pmac-mpw)
cpu=powerpc
vendor=apple
;;
# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
cpu=m68000
vendor=att
;;
3b*)
cpu=we32k
vendor=att
;;
bluegene*)
cpu=powerpc
vendor=ibm
os=cnk
;;
decsystem10* | dec10*)
cpu=pdp10
vendor=dec
os=tops10
;;
decsystem20* | dec20*)
cpu=pdp10
vendor=dec
os=tops20
;;
delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
| 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
cpu=m68k
vendor=motorola
;;
dpx2*)
cpu=m68k
vendor=bull
os=sysv3
;;
encore | umax | mmax)
cpu=ns32k
vendor=encore
;;
elxsi)
cpu=elxsi
vendor=elxsi
os=${os:-bsd}
;;
fx2800)
cpu=i860
vendor=alliant
;;
genix)
cpu=ns32k
vendor=ns
;;
h3050r* | hiux*)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hitachi
os=hiuxwe2
;;
hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.0
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
cpu=m68000
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
cpu=m68k
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.0
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hp
;;
hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
cpu=hppa1.0
vendor=hp
;;
i*86v32)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
os=sysv32
;;
i*86v4*)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
os=sysv4
;;
i*86v)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
os=sysv
;;
i*86sol2)
cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
vendor=pc
os=solaris2
;;
j90 | j90-cray)
cpu=j90
vendor=cray
os=${os:-unicos}
;;
iris | iris4d)
cpu=mips
vendor=sgi
case $os in
irix*)
;;
*)
os=irix4
;;
esac
;;
miniframe)
cpu=m68000
vendor=convergent
;;
*mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
cpu=m68k
vendor=atari
os=mint
;;
news-3600 | risc-news)
cpu=mips
vendor=sony
os=newsos
;;
next | m*-next)
cpu=m68k
vendor=next
case $os in
nextstep* )
;;
ns2*)
os=nextstep2
;;
*)
os=nextstep3
;;
esac
;;
np1)
cpu=np1
vendor=gould
;;
op50n-* | op60c-*)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=oki
os=proelf
;;
pa-hitachi)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=hitachi
os=hiuxwe2
;;
pbd)
cpu=sparc
vendor=tti
;;
pbb)
cpu=m68k
vendor=tti
;;
pc532)
cpu=ns32k
vendor=pc532
;;
pn)
cpu=pn
vendor=gould
;;
power)
cpu=power
vendor=ibm
;;
ps2)
cpu=i386
vendor=ibm
;;
rm[46]00)
cpu=mips
vendor=siemens
;;
rtpc | rtpc-*)
cpu=romp
vendor=ibm
;;
sde)
cpu=mipsisa32
vendor=sde
os=${os:-elf}
;;
simso-wrs)
cpu=sparclite
vendor=wrs
os=vxworks
;;
tower | tower-32)
cpu=m68k
vendor=ncr
;;
vpp*|vx|vx-*)
cpu=f301
vendor=fujitsu
;;
w65)
cpu=w65
vendor=wdc
;;
w89k-*)
cpu=hppa1.1
vendor=winbond
os=proelf
;;
none)
cpu=none
vendor=none
;;
leon|leon[3-9])
cpu=sparc
vendor=$basic_machine
;;
leon-*|leon[3-9]-*)
cpu=sparc
vendor=`echo "$basic_machine" | sed 's/-.*//'`
;;
*-*)
# shellcheck disable=SC2162
IFS="-" read cpu vendor <&2
exit 1
;;
esac
;;
esac
# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
case $vendor in
digital*)
vendor=dec
;;
commodore*)
vendor=cbm
;;
*)
;;
esac
# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
if [ x$os != x ]
then
case $os in
# First match some system type aliases that might get confused
# with valid system types.
# solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
auroraux)
os=auroraux
;;
bluegene*)
os=cnk
;;
solaris1 | solaris1.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
;;
solaris)
os=solaris2
;;
unixware*)
os=sysv4.2uw
;;
gnu/linux*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
;;
# es1800 is here to avoid being matched by es* (a different OS)
es1800*)
os=ose
;;
# Some version numbers need modification
chorusos*)
os=chorusos
;;
isc)
os=isc2.2
;;
sco6)
os=sco5v6
;;
sco5)
os=sco3.2v5
;;
sco4)
os=sco3.2v4
;;
sco3.2.[4-9]*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
;;
sco3.2v[4-9]* | sco5v6*)
# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
;;
scout)
# Don't match below
;;
sco*)
os=sco3.2v2
;;
psos*)
os=psos
;;
# Now accept the basic system types.
# The portable systems comes first.
# Each alternative MUST end in a * to match a version number.
# sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
gnu* | bsd* | mach* | minix* | genix* | ultrix* | irix* \
| *vms* | esix* | aix* | cnk* | sunos | sunos[34]*\
| hpux* | unos* | osf* | luna* | dgux* | auroraux* | solaris* \
| sym* | kopensolaris* | plan9* \
| amigaos* | amigados* | msdos* | newsos* | unicos* | aof* \
| aos* | aros* | cloudabi* | sortix* \
| nindy* | vxsim* | vxworks* | ebmon* | hms* | mvs* \
| clix* | riscos* | uniplus* | iris* | isc* | rtu* | xenix* \
| knetbsd* | mirbsd* | netbsd* \
| bitrig* | openbsd* | solidbsd* | libertybsd* \
| ekkobsd* | kfreebsd* | freebsd* | riscix* | lynxos* \
| bosx* | nextstep* | cxux* | aout* | elf* | oabi* \
| ptx* | coff* | ecoff* | winnt* | domain* | vsta* \
| udi* | eabi* | lites* | ieee* | go32* | aux* | hcos* \
| chorusrdb* | cegcc* | glidix* \
| cygwin* | msys* | pe* | moss* | proelf* | rtems* \
| midipix* | mingw32* | mingw64* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* \
| linux-newlib* | linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* \
| uxpv* | beos* | mpeix* | udk* | moxiebox* \
| interix* | uwin* | mks* | rhapsody* | darwin* \
| openstep* | oskit* | conix* | pw32* | nonstopux* \
| storm-chaos* | tops10* | tenex* | tops20* | its* \
| os2* | vos* | palmos* | uclinux* | nucleus* \
| morphos* | superux* | rtmk* | windiss* \
| powermax* | dnix* | nx6 | nx7 | sei* | dragonfly* \
| skyos* | haiku* | rdos* | toppers* | drops* | es* \
| onefs* | tirtos* | phoenix* | fuchsia* | redox* | bme* \
| midnightbsd* | amdhsa* | unleashed* | emscripten*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
qnx*)
case $cpu in
x86 | i*86)
;;
*)
os=nto-$os
;;
esac
;;
hiux*)
os=hiuxwe2
;;
nto-qnx*)
;;
nto*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
;;
sim | xray | os68k* | v88r* \
| windows* | osx | abug | netware* | os9* \
| macos* | mpw* | magic* | mmixware* | mon960* | lnews*)
;;
linux-dietlibc)
os=linux-dietlibc
;;
linux*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
;;
lynx*178)
os=lynxos178
;;
lynx*5)
os=lynxos5
;;
lynx*)
os=lynxos
;;
mac*)
os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
;;
opened*)
os=openedition
;;
os400*)
os=os400
;;
sunos5*)
os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
;;
sunos6*)
os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
;;
wince*)
os=wince
;;
utek*)
os=bsd
;;
dynix*)
os=bsd
;;
acis*)
os=aos
;;
atheos*)
os=atheos
;;
syllable*)
os=syllable
;;
386bsd)
os=bsd
;;
ctix* | uts*)
os=sysv
;;
nova*)
os=rtmk-nova
;;
ns2)
os=nextstep2
;;
nsk*)
os=nsk
;;
# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
sinix5.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
;;
sinix*)
os=sysv4
;;
tpf*)
os=tpf
;;
triton*)
os=sysv3
;;
oss*)
os=sysv3
;;
svr4*)
os=sysv4
;;
svr3)
os=sysv3
;;
sysvr4)
os=sysv4
;;
# This must come after sysvr4.
sysv*)
;;
ose*)
os=ose
;;
*mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | MiNT[0-9]*)
os=mint
;;
zvmoe)
os=zvmoe
;;
dicos*)
os=dicos
;;
pikeos*)
# Until real need of OS specific support for
# particular features comes up, bare metal
# configurations are quite functional.
case $cpu in
arm*)
os=eabi
;;
*)
os=elf
;;
esac
;;
nacl*)
;;
ios)
;;
none)
;;
*-eabi)
;;
*)
echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': system \`"$os"\' not recognized 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
else
# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
# system, and we'll never get to this point.
case $cpu-$vendor in
score-*)
os=elf
;;
spu-*)
os=elf
;;
*-acorn)
os=riscix1.2
;;
arm*-rebel)
os=linux
;;
arm*-semi)
os=aout
;;
c4x-* | tic4x-*)
os=coff
;;
c8051-*)
os=elf
;;
clipper-intergraph)
os=clix
;;
hexagon-*)
os=elf
;;
tic54x-*)
os=coff
;;
tic55x-*)
os=coff
;;
tic6x-*)
os=coff
;;
# This must come before the *-dec entry.
pdp10-*)
os=tops20
;;
pdp11-*)
os=none
;;
*-dec | vax-*)
os=ultrix4.2
;;
m68*-apollo)
os=domain
;;
i386-sun)
os=sunos4.0.2
;;
m68000-sun)
os=sunos3
;;
m68*-cisco)
os=aout
;;
mep-*)
os=elf
;;
mips*-cisco)
os=elf
;;
mips*-*)
os=elf
;;
or32-*)
os=coff
;;
*-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
os=sysv3
;;
sparc-* | *-sun)
os=sunos4.1.1
;;
pru-*)
os=elf
;;
*-be)
os=beos
;;
*-ibm)
os=aix
;;
*-knuth)
os=mmixware
;;
*-wec)
os=proelf
;;
*-winbond)
os=proelf
;;
*-oki)
os=proelf
;;
*-hp)
os=hpux
;;
*-hitachi)
os=hiux
;;
i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
os=sysv
;;
*-cbm)
os=amigaos
;;
*-dg)
os=dgux
;;
*-dolphin)
os=sysv3
;;
m68k-ccur)
os=rtu
;;
m88k-omron*)
os=luna
;;
*-next)
os=nextstep
;;
*-sequent)
os=ptx
;;
*-crds)
os=unos
;;
*-ns)
os=genix
;;
i370-*)
os=mvs
;;
*-gould)
os=sysv
;;
*-highlevel)
os=bsd
;;
*-encore)
os=bsd
;;
*-sgi)
os=irix
;;
*-siemens)
os=sysv4
;;
*-masscomp)
os=rtu
;;
f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
os=uxpv
;;
*-rom68k)
os=coff
;;
*-*bug)
os=coff
;;
*-apple)
os=macos
;;
*-atari*)
os=mint
;;
*-wrs)
os=vxworks
;;
*)
os=none
;;
esac
fi
# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
case $vendor in
unknown)
case $os in
riscix*)
vendor=acorn
;;
sunos*)
vendor=sun
;;
cnk*|-aix*)
vendor=ibm
;;
beos*)
vendor=be
;;
hpux*)
vendor=hp
;;
mpeix*)
vendor=hp
;;
hiux*)
vendor=hitachi
;;
unos*)
vendor=crds
;;
dgux*)
vendor=dg
;;
luna*)
vendor=omron
;;
genix*)
vendor=ns
;;
clix*)
vendor=intergraph
;;
mvs* | opened*)
vendor=ibm
;;
os400*)
vendor=ibm
;;
ptx*)
vendor=sequent
;;
tpf*)
vendor=ibm
;;
vxsim* | vxworks* | windiss*)
vendor=wrs
;;
aux*)
vendor=apple
;;
hms*)
vendor=hitachi
;;
mpw* | macos*)
vendor=apple
;;
*mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | MiNT[0-9]*)
vendor=atari
;;
vos*)
vendor=stratus
;;
esac
;;
esac
echo "$cpu-$vendor-$os"
exit
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
# time-stamp-end: "'"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/depcomp 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000056020 13422421140 014670 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva .
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to .
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
set_dir_from ()
{
case $1 in
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
*) dir=;;
esac
}
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
# global variable '$base'.
set_base_from ()
{
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
}
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
make_dummy_depfile ()
{
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
}
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
aix_post_process_depfile ()
{
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
# post-process it.
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# $object: dependency.h
# and one to simply output
# dependency.h:
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
} > "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
}
# A tabulation character.
tab=' '
# A newline character.
nl='
'
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
# These definitions help.
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
digits=0123456789
alpha=${upper}${lower}
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
gccflag= dashmflag=
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvc7
fi
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
# letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
xlc)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
tcc)
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
# versions.
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
# trailing '\', as in:
#
# foo.o : \
# foo.c \
# foo.h \
#
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
pgcc)
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
# pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
set_dir_from "$object"
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
set_base_from "$source"
tmpdepfile=$base.d
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
# the same $tmpdepfile.
lockdir=$base.d-lock
trap "
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
rmdir '$lockdir'
exit 1
" 1 2 13 15
numtries=100
i=$numtries
while test $i -gt 0; do
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
# This process acquired the lock.
"$@" -MD
stat=$?
# Release the lock.
rmdir "$lockdir"
break
else
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
else
showIncludes=-showIncludes
fi
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
s//\1/
s/\\/\\\\/g
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvc7msys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E \
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog 0000775 0001750 0001750 00000036445 13414113533 017113 0000000 0000000 eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" "$@"'
& eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.
my $VERSION = '2018-03-07 03:47'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# Written by Jim Meyering
use strict;
use warnings;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime);
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
END {
defined fileno STDOUT or return;
close STDOUT and return;
warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
$? ||= 1;
}
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM < ChangeLog
$ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo
SPECIAL SYNTAX:
The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear
at the beginning of a log message line. They are not copied to the output.
Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes
Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email"
ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright
assignment.
Co-authored-by: Joe User
List the specified name and email address on a second
ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author.
Signed-off-by: Joe User
These lines are simply elided.
In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
FILE must consist of pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on
a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one
or more consecutive lines of Perl code. Pairs must be separated by one or
more blank line.
Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils:
3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030
# fix typo in title:
s/all tile types/all file types/
1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202
# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself.
# Change the author to be Paul. Note the escaped "@":
s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert ,
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it.
# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string.
sub shell_quote($)
{
my ($s) = @_;
if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!)
{
# Convert each single quote to '\''
$s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g;
# Then single quote the string.
$s = "'$s'";
}
return $s;
}
sub quoted_cmd(@)
{
return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_);
}
# Parse file F.
# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
# F must consist of pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1
# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and
# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code.
# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line.
sub parse_amend_file($)
{
my ($f) = @_;
open F, '<', $f
or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n";
my $fail;
my $h = {};
my $in_code = 0;
my $sha;
while (defined (my $line = ))
{
$line =~ /^\#/
and next;
chomp $line;
$line eq ''
and $in_code = 0, next;
if (!$in_code)
{
$line =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{40})$/
or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
$sha = lc $1;
$in_code = 1;
exists $h->{$sha}
and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
}
else
{
$h->{$sha} ||= '';
$h->{$sha} .= "$line\n";
}
}
close F;
$fail
and exit 1;
return $h;
}
# git_dir_option $SRCDIR
#
# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR
# is undef). Return as a list (0 or 1 element).
sub git_dir_option($)
{
my ($srcdir) = @_;
my @res = ();
if (defined $srcdir)
{
my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir;
my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel";
my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd;
my $git_dir = qx($cmd);
defined $git_dir
or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n";
$? == 0
or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
chomp $git_dir;
push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git";
}
@res;
}
{
my $since_date;
my $until_date;
my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n';
my $amend_file;
my $append_dot = 0;
my $cluster = 1;
my $ignore_matching;
my $ignore_line;
my $strip_tab = 0;
my $strip_cherry_pick = 0;
my $srcdir;
GetOptions
(
help => sub { usage 0 },
version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
'since=s' => \$since_date,
'until=s' => \$until_date,
'format=s' => \$format_string,
'amend=s' => \$amend_file,
'append-dot' => \$append_dot,
'cluster!' => \$cluster,
'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching,
'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line,
'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab,
'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
) or usage 1;
defined $since_date
and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date";
defined $until_date
and unshift @ARGV, "--until=$until_date";
# This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/)
# that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit.
my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {};
my @cmd = ('git',
git_dir_option $srcdir,
qw(log --log-size),
'--pretty=format:%H:%ct %an <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV);
open PIPE, '-|', @cmd
or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n"
. "(Is your Git too old? Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n");
my $prev_multi_paragraph;
my $prev_date_line = '';
my @prev_coauthors = ();
my @skipshas = ();
while (1)
{
defined (my $in = )
or last;
$in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in";
my $log_nbytes = $1;
my $log;
my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes;
$n_read == $log_nbytes
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
# Extract leading hash.
my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2;
defined $sha
or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n";
$sha =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{40}$/
or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n";
my $skipflag = 0;
if (@skipshas)
{
foreach(@skipshas)
{
if ($sha =~ /^$_/)
{
$skipflag = $_;
last;
}
}
}
# If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now.
my $code = $amend_code->{$sha};
if (defined $code)
{
eval 'use Safe';
my $s = new Safe;
# Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_".
$_ = $rest;
# Let $code operate on it, safely.
my $r = $s->reval("$code")
or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n";
# Note that we've used this entry.
delete $amend_code->{$sha};
# Update $rest upon success.
$rest = $_;
}
# Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick".
if ($strip_cherry_pick)
{
$rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm;
$rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m;
}
my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest;
my $author_line = shift @line;
defined $author_line
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
$author_line =~ /^(\d+) (.*>)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line "
. "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n";
# Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog
# `(tiny change)' annotation.
my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
? ' (tiny change)' : '');
my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n",
strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2;
my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line;
# Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted.
@line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$
|Co-authored-by:[ ]
|Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ]
|Tiny-change:[ ]
)/x, @line;
# Remove leading and trailing blank lines.
if (@line)
{
while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; }
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
# Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits.
# Yes, this should be controlled by an option. So sue me.
if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line )
{
my $found = 0;
foreach (@line)
{
if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_)
{
$found = 1;
## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches.
@skipshas = ();
next;
}
if ($found && $_ =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{7,}) [^ ]/)
{
push ( @skipshas, $1 );
}
}
}
# Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified.
if (defined $ignore_matching && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/)
{
$skipflag = 1;
}
elsif ($skipflag)
{
## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once?
warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $skipflag\n";
}
if (! $skipflag)
{
if (defined $ignore_line && @line)
{
@line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line;
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
# Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
# Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor ' lines in
# standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
for (@coauthors)
{
s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /;
s/\s* ;
/<.*?@.*\..*>/
or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
. substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
}
# If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
# would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header,
# or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
# then print the header.
if ( ! $cluster
|| $date_line ne $prev_date_line
|| "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
|| $multi_paragraph
|| $prev_multi_paragraph)
{
$prev_date_line eq ''
or print "\n";
print $date_line;
@coauthors
and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
}
$prev_date_line = $date_line;
@prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
$prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
# If there were any lines
if (@line == 0)
{
warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n $date_line\n";
}
else
{
if ($append_dot)
{
# If the first line of the message has enough room, then
if (length $line[0] < 72)
{
# append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
# at the end.
$line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
or $line[0] .= '.';
}
}
# Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
$strip_tab
and map { s/^\t// } @line;
# Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
@line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
}
}
defined ($in = )
or last;
$in ne "\n"
and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in";
}
close PIPE
or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n";
# FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic
# Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file.
my $fail = 0;
foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code)
{
warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n";
$fail = 1;
}
exit $fail;
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: perl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/gnupload 0000775 0001750 0001750 00000031150 13414113533 015056 0000000 0000000 #!/bin/sh
# Sign files and upload them.
scriptversion=2018-05-19.18; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2004-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz .
# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository.
# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
set -e
GPG=gpg
# Choose the proper version of gpg, so as to avoid a
# "gpg-agent is not available in this session" error
# when gpg-agent is version 3 but gpg is still version 1.
# FIXME-2020: remove, once all major distros ship gpg version 3 as /usr/bin/gpg
gpg_agent_version=`(gpg-agent --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_agent_version" in
2.*)
gpg_version=`(gpg --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_version" in
1.*)
if (type gpg2) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
# gpg2 is present.
GPG=gpg2
else
# gpg2 is missing. Ubuntu users should install the package 'gnupg2'.
echo "WARNING: Using 'gpg', which is too old. You should install 'gpg2'." 1>&2
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
GPG="${GPG} --batch --no-tty"
conffile=.gnuploadrc
to=
dry_run=false
replace=
symlink_files=
delete_files=
delete_symlinks=
collect_var=
dbg=
nl='
'
usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...]
Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to.
If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading. See examples below.
Commands:
--delete delete FILES from destination
--symlink create symbolic links
--rmsymlink remove symbolic links
-- treat the remaining arguments as files to upload
Options:
--to DEST specify a destination DEST for FILES
(multiple --to options are allowed)
--user NAME sign with key NAME
--replace allow replacements of existing files
--symlink-regex[=EXPR] use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names
-n, --dry-run do nothing, show what would have been done
(including the constructed directive file)
--version output version information and exit
-h, --help print this help text and exit
If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name
is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.:
foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz
Recognized destinations are:
alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY
ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by FTP
download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by SFTP
[user@]host:DIRECTORY upload files with scp
Options and commands are applied in order. If the file $conffile exists
in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the
actual command line options. Use this to keep your defaults. Comments
(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed.
gives some further background.
Examples:
1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz
2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink-regex \\
foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
4. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites:
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz
5. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
(the -- terminates the list of files to delete):
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
--delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\
-- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't
happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in
the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package
(https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement.
Send patches and bug reports to ."
# Read local configuration file
if test -r "$conffile"; then
echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile"
conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" ' '`
eval set x "$conf \"\$@\""
shift
fi
while test -n "$1"; do
case $1 in
-*)
collect_var=
case $1 in
-h | --help)
echo "$usage"
exit $?
;;
--to)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2
exit 1
elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2
echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2
echo "$0: is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2
echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2
exit 1
else
to="$to $2"
shift
fi
;;
--user)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2
exit 1
else
GPG="$GPG --local-user $2"
shift
fi
;;
--delete)
collect_var=delete_files
;;
--replace)
replace="replace: true"
;;
--rmsymlink)
collect_var=delete_symlinks
;;
--symlink-regex=*)
symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
;;
--symlink-regex)
symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|'
;;
--symlink)
collect_var=symlink_files
;;
-n | --dry-run)
dry_run=:
;;
--version)
echo "gnupload $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
--)
shift
break
;;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
;;
*)
if test -z "$collect_var"; then
break
else
eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\""
fi
;;
esac
shift
done
dprint()
{
echo "Running $* ..."
}
if $dry_run; then
dbg=dprint
fi
if test -z "$to"; then
echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/ //g'`
if test -n "$x"; then
echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# = 0; then
if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then
echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
else
# Make sure all files exist. We don't want to ask
# for the passphrase if the script will fail.
for file
do
if test ! -f $file; then
echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2
exit 1
elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
if test -z "$linkname"; then
echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2
exit 1
elif test "$linkname" = $file; then
echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
done
fi
# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment.
unset passphrase
unset passphrase_fd_0
GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg}
# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in. We will later use
# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that
# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps'
# listings with their arguments...).
# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in
# it will exit now.
if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else
PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
stty -echo
read -r passphrase
stty echo
echo
passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0"
fi
if test $# -ne 0; then
for file
do
echo "Signing $file ..."
rm -f $file.sig
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file
done
fi
# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT
# Arguments: See upload, below
mkdirective ()
{
stmt="$4"
if test -n "$3"; then
stmt="
filename: $3$stmt"
fi
cat >${2}.directive<&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
savannah.nongnu.org:*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*)
destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'`
destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
for f in $files $base.directive.asc
do
echo put $f
done | $dbg sftp -b - puszcza.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir
;;
/*)
dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host
;;
*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg scp $files $dest
;;
esac
rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
}
#####
# Process any standalone directives
stmt=
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
stmt="$stmt
`mksymlink $symlink_files`"
fi
for file in $delete_files
do
stmt="$stmt
archive: $file"
done
for file in $delete_symlinks
do
stmt="$stmt
rmsymlink: $file"
done
if test -n "$stmt"; then
for dest in $to
do
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt"
done
fi
# Process actual uploads
for dest in $to
do
for file
do
echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..."
stmt=
#
# allowing file replacement is all or nothing.
if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt
$replace"
fi
#
files="$file $file.sig"
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
stmt="$stmt
symlink: $file $linkname
symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig"
fi
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files"
done
done
exit 0
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/install-sh 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000036010 13422421137 015322 0000000 0000000 #!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2018-03-11.20; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
tab=' '
nl='
'
IFS=" $tab$nl"
# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
is_target_a_directory=possibly
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dstbase=`basename "$src"`
case $dst in
*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
*) dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
esac
dstdir_status=0
else
dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
case $dstdir in
*/) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
*) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
esac
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
umask=`umask`
case $stripcmd.$umask in
# Optimize common cases.
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
`;;
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
esac
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
case $umask in
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
;;
*)
# Note that $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g. dash); Use it
# here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
# Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
# directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
# directory is successfully created first before we actually test
# 'mkdir -p' feature.
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
$mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/mdate-sh 0000775 0001750 0001750 00000013732 13302766577 014777 0000000 0000000 #!/bin/sh
# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to or send patches to
# .
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
fi
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format:
1 January 1970
Report bugs to .
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
error ()
{
echo "$0: $1" >&2
exit 1
}
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
LANG=C
export LANG
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LC_TIME=C
export LC_TIME
# Use UTC to get reproducible result.
TZ=UTC0
export TZ
# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
# variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this
# variable to its documented default.
if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
export TIME_STYLE
fi
save_arg1=$1
# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
else
ls_command='ls -l -d'
fi
# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command="$ls_command -n"
fi
# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
#
# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/'
# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
# words should be skipped to get the date.
# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
set x`$ls_command /`
# Find which argument is the month.
month=
command=
until test $month
do
test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
shift
# Add another shift to the command.
command="$command shift;"
case $1 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
done
test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""`
# Remove all preceding arguments
eval $command
# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
#
# On a POSIX system, we should have
#
# $# = 5
# $1 = file size
# $2 = month
# $3 = day
# $4 = year or time
# $5 = filename
#
# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
#
# $# = 4
# $1 = day
# $2 = month
# $3 = year or time
# $4 = filename
# Get the month.
case $2 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
case $3 in
???*) day=$1;;
*) day=$3; shift;;
esac
# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
# the time of day or the year.
case $3 in
*:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
case $2 in
Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
May) nummonthtod=5;;
Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
esac
# For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
# be used for files modified in the last year.
if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
then
year=`expr $year - 1`
fi;;
*) year=$3;;
esac
# The result.
echo $day $month $year
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/missing 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000015336 13422421137 014725 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
case $1 in
--is-lightweight)
# Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
# script is modern enough.
exit 0
;;
--run)
# Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
shift
;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
bison yacc flex lex help2man
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to ."
exit $?
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
exit $?
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
"$@"; st=$?
# If it succeeded, we are done.
test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
# program is present and works.
case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
# minimum version.
if test $st -eq 63; then
msg="probably too old"
elif test $st -eq 127; then
# Program was missing.
msg="missing on your system"
else
# Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
exit $st
fi
perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
program_details ()
{
case $1 in
aclocal|automake)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
esac
}
give_advice ()
{
# Normalize program name to check for.
normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
s/^gnu-//; t
s/^gnu//; t
s/^g//; t'`
printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
case $normalized_program in
autoconf*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
echo "or m4 files included by it."
program_details 'autoconf'
;;
autoheader*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'autoheader'
;;
automake*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'automake'
;;
aclocal*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'aclocal'
;;
autom4te*)
echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
program_details 'autom4te'
;;
bison*|yacc*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
;;
lex*|flex*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
echo "<$flex_URL>"
;;
help2man*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
"of a man page."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
;;
makeinfo*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
echo "want to install GNU make:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
;;
*)
echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
;;
esac
}
give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
-e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
exit $st
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/test-driver 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000011042 13422421140 015504 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to or send patches to
# .
# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
set -u
usage_error ()
{
echo "$0: $*" >&2
print_usage >&2
exit 2
}
print_usage ()
{
cat <$log_file 2>&1
estatus=$?
if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
tweaked_estatus=1
else
tweaked_estatus=$estatus
fi
case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in
0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;;
77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
*:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
*:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
esac
# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can
# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log'
# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs'
# file (automake bug#11814).
echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>$log_file
# Report outcome to console.
echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
binfmt-support-2.2.0/build-aux/texinfo.tex 0000644 0001750 0001750 00001346732 13422400566 015537 0000000 0000000 % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
%
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
\def\texinfoversion{2019-01-03-15}
%
% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
% License, or (at your option) any later version.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
% General Public License for more details.
%
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
% along with this program. If not, see .
%
% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
%
% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
%
% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
% tex foo.texi
% texindex foo.??
% tex foo.texi
% tex foo.texi
% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
%
% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
% full Texinfo distribution.
%
% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
% they might have appeared in the input file name.
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
\chardef\other=12
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
\let\+ = \relax
% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
\let\ptexb=\b
\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
\let\ptexc=\c
\let\ptexcomma=\,
\let\ptexdot=\.
\let\ptexdots=\dots
\let\ptexend=\end
\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
\let\ptexexclam=\!
\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
\let\ptexgtr=>
\let\ptexhat=^
\let\ptexi=\i
\let\ptexindent=\indent
\let\ptexinsert=\insert
\let\ptexlbrace=\{
\let\ptexless=<
\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
\let\ptexplus=+
\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
\let\ptexslash=\/
\let\ptexsp=\sp
\let\ptexstar=\*
\let\ptexsup=\sup
\let\ptext=\t
\let\ptextop=\top
{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
% starts a new line in the output.
\newlinechar = `^^J
% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
%
\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
\let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
\else
\def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
\fi
% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
%
\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
%
\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
\chardef\dashChar = `\-
\chardef\slashChar = `\/
\chardef\underChar = `\_
% Ignore a token.
%
\def\gobble#1{}
% The following is used inside several \edef's.
\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
% Hyphenation fixes.
\hyphenation{
Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
spell-ing spell-ings
stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
wide-spread wrap-around
}
% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
%
\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
\def\loggingall{%
\tracingstats2
\tracingpages1
\tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
\tracingparagraphs1
\tracingoutput1
\tracingmacros2
\tracingrestores1
\showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
\tracingscantokens1
\tracingifs1
\tracinggroups1
\tracingnesting2
\tracingassigns1
\fi
\tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
\errorcontextlines16
}%
% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
% after all.
%
\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
%
\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
% Output routine
%
% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
%
\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
%
% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
%
% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
% mark before the section break, and one after.
% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \lastchapterdefs,
% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \lastsectiondefs.
% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
%
% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
\def\domark{%
\toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
\toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
\toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
\toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
\toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
\mark{%
\the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
\noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
\noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
}%
}
% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
%
% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
% first @chapter.
\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
\ifcase0\topmark\fi
\ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
}
\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
\def\lastchapterdefs{}
\def\lastsectiondefs{}
\def\lastsection{}
\def\prevchapterdefs{}
\def\prevsectiondefs{}
\def\lastcolordefs{}
% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
\newdimen\bindingoffset
\newdimen\normaloffset
\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
% Main output routine.
%
\chardef\PAGE = 255
\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
\newbox\headlinebox
\newbox\footlinebox
% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written
% to the auxiliary files.
%
\def\onepageout#1{%
\hoffset=\normaloffset
%
\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
%
% Common context changes for both heading and footing.
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
\def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
%
% Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
% and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
% values in \headline and \footline.
%
% This is used to check if we are on the first page of a chapter.
\ifcase1\topmark\fi
\let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
\ifcase0\firstmark\fi
\let\curchaptername\thischaptername
%
\ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
\ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
%
\ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
\let\thischapterheading\thischapter
\else
% \thischapterheading is the same as \thischapter except it is blank
% for the first page of a chapter. This is to prevent the chapter name
% being shown twice.
\def\thischapterheading{}%
\fi
%
\global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
\global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makefootline}%
%
{%
% Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
% Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
% before the \shipout runs.
%
\indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
% the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
% We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
% \entry{{\indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
% "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
% it needs to be
% {\code {{\backslashcurfont }acronym}
\shipout\vbox{%
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
%
\unvbox\headlinebox
\pagebody{#1}%
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
% Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
% (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
% The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
\vskip 24pt
\unvbox\footlinebox
\fi
%
}% end of \shipout\vbox
}% end of group with \indexdummies
\advancepageno
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
}
\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
% Main part of page, including any footnotes
\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
{\catcode`\@ =11
\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
\rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
}
% Argument parsing
% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
%
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
\def\argtorun{#2}%
\begingroup
\obeylines
\spaceisspace
#1%
\parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
}
{\obeylines %
\gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
\endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
\argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
}%
}
% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Also remove a @texinfoc
% comment (see \scanmacro for details). Pass the result on to \argcheckspaces.
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovetexinfoc #1\texinfoc\ArgTerm}
\def\argremovetexinfoc#1\texinfoc#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
%
% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
% @end itemize @c foo
% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
% by \finishparsearg.
%
\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
\def\temp{#3}%
\ifx\temp\empty
% Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
\let\temp\finishparsearg
\else
\let\temp\argcheckspaces
\fi
% Put the space token in:
\temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
}
% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
%
% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
%
\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
%
% \parseargdef\foo{...}
% is roughly equivalent to
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
\def\parseargdef#1{%
\expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
}
\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
\def#2{\parsearg#1}%
\def#1##1%
}
% Several utility definitions with active space:
{
\obeyspaces
\gdef\obeyedspace{ }
% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
% should produce a line of output anyway.
%
\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
\gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
}
\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
%
% \envdef\foo{...}
% \def\Efoo{...}
%
% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
%
% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
% special case.)
% At run-time, environments start with this:
\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
% initialize
\let\thisenv\empty
% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
% Check whether we're in the right environment:
\def\checkenv#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\thisenv\temp
\else
\badenverr
\fi
}
% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
\def\badenverr{%
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
}
\def\inenvironment#1{%
\ifx#1\empty
outside of any environment%
\else
in environment \expandafter\string#1%
\fi
}
% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
%
\parseargdef\end{%
\if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
\else
% The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
\expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
\csname E#1\endcsname
\endgroup
\fi
}
\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
{\catcode`@ = 11
% Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
% if the definition is written into an index file.
\global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
\gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
}
% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
% @* forces a line break.
\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
% @/ allows a line break.
\let\/=\allowbreak
% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
%
\def\onword{on}
\def\offword{off}
%
\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
\else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
% the text is small, which looks bad.
%
% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
%
\newbox\groupbox
\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
%
\envdef\group{%
\ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
\errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
\errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
\fi
\startsavinginserts
%
\setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
% Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
% @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
% end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
% the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
% should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
% manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
\comment
}
%
% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
% above. But it's pretty close.
\def\Egroup{%
% To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
% and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
\endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
\global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
\egroup % End the \vtop.
\addgroupbox
\prevdepth = \dimen1
\checkinserts
}
\def\addgroupbox{
% \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
\dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
% \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
\dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
% if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
% group, force a page break.
\ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
\ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
\page
\fi
\fi
\box\groupbox
}
%
% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
%
\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
where each line of input produces a line of output.}
% @need space-in-mils
% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
\parseargdef\need{%
% Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
% paragraph.
\par
%
% If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
\dimen0 = #1\mil
\dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
\advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
\ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
%
% Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
% normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
% And a page break here is fine.
\vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
%
% TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
% main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
% empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
% page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
% page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
%
% There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
% page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
% sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
% almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
% good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
% example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
% document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
\penalty9999
%
% Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
\kern -#1\mil
%
% Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
\nobreak
\fi
}
% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
\let\br = \par
% @page forces the start of a new page.
%
\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
% @exdent text....
% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
% That's how much \exdent should take out.
\newskip\exdentamount
% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual.
%
\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
%
\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
\nobreak
\kern-\strutdepth
\vtop to \strutdepth{%
\baselineskip=\strutdepth
\vss
% if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
% make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
\ifx#1l%
\llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
\else
\rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
\fi
\null
}%
}}
\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
%
% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
% else use TEXT for both).
%
\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
\def\righttext{#2}%
\else
\def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
\def\righttext{#1}%
\fi
%
\ifodd\pageno
\def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
\else
\def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
\fi
\temp
}
% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
%
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
\def\includezzz#1{%
\pushthisfilestack
\def\thisfile{#1}%
{%
\makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
\turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
\wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
\edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
%
% This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
% definitions, etc.
\expandafter
}\temp
\popthisfilestack
}
\def\filenamecatcodes{%
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`~=\other
\catcode`^=\other
\catcode`_=\other
\catcode`|=\other
\catcode`<=\other
\catcode`>=\other
\catcode`+=\other
\catcode`-=\other
\catcode`\`=\other
\catcode`\'=\other
}
\def\pushthisfilestack{%
\expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
}
\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
\expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
}
\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
\gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
}
\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
the stack of filenames is empty.}}
%
\def\thisfile{}
% @center line
% outputs that line, centered.
%
\parseargdef\center{%
\ifhmode
\let\centersub\centerH
\else
\let\centersub\centerV
\fi
\centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
\let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
}
\def\centerH#1{{%
\hfil\break
\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
\line{#1}%
\break
}}
%
\newcount\centerpenalty
\def\centerV#1{%
% The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
% @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
% out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
% prevent a page break here.
\centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
\ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
\ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
}
% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
%
\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
\cxxx}
{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
%
\let\comment\c
% @paragraphindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
%
\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
\def\noneword{none}
%
\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
\ifx\temp\noneword
\defaultparindent = 0pt
\else
\defaultparindent = #1em
\fi
\fi
\parindent = \defaultparindent
}
% @exampleindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\asisword
\else
\ifx\temp\noneword
\lispnarrowing = 0pt
\else
\lispnarrowing = #1em
\fi
\fi
}
% @firstparagraphindent WORD
% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
% paragraphs.
%
% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
% By default, we suppress indentation.
%
\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
\def\insertword{insert}
%
\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\noneword
\let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
\else\ifx\temp\insertword
\let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
\fi\fi
}
% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
%
% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
% paragraph.
%
\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
\gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
\gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
\global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
}
%
\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
\global\let\indent = \ptexindent
\global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
\global\everypar = {}%
}
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
\let\setfilename=\comment
% @bye.
\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
\message{pdf,}
% adobe `portable' document format
\newcount\tempnum
\newcount\lnkcount
\newtoks\filename
\newcount\filenamelength
\newcount\pgn
\newtoks\toksA
\newtoks\toksB
\newtoks\toksC
\newtoks\toksD
\newbox\boxA
\newbox\boxB
\newcount\countA
\newif\ifpdf
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
%
% For LuaTeX
%
\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
\else
% Use Unicode destination names
\txiuseunicodedestnametrue
% Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
\begingroup
\catcode`\%=12
\directlua{
function UTF16oct(str)
tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
if c < 0x10000 then
tex.sprint(
string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
(c / 256), (c % 256)))
else
c = c - 0x10000
local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
tex.sprint(
string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
(c_hi / 256), (c_hi % 256),
(c_lo / 256), (c_lo % 256)))
end
end
end
}
\endgroup
\def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
% Escape PDF strings without converting
\begingroup
\directlua{
function PDFescstr(str)
for c in string.bytes(str) do
if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
tex.sprint(
string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
c))
else
tex.sprint(string.char(c))
end
end
end
}
\endgroup
\def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
\ifnum\luatexversion>84
% For LuaTeX >= 0.85
\def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
\let\pdfoutput\outputmode
\def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
\def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
\def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
\let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
\let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
\let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
\def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
\def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
\def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
\def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
\def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
\def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
\let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
\let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
\edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
\edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
\fi
\fi
% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
\else
\ifx\pdfoutput\relax
\else
\ifcase\pdfoutput
\else
\pdftrue
\fi
\fi
\fi
% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
%
% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
% do this reliably, so we use it.
% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
% which we \xdef.
\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
\ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
% No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
% Many times it won't matter.
\xdef#1{#1}%
\else
% The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
% backslashes, and other special chars.
\xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
\fi
}
\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
\ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
% No UTF-16 converting macro available.
\txiescapepdf{#1}%
\else
\xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
\fi
}
\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
output) for that.)}
\ifpdf
%
% Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
% except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
% very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
% of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
% nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
% black by default, though.
\def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
\def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
%
% rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
% RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
%
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
\def\setcolor#1{%
\xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
\domark
\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
}
%
\def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
\def\lastcolordefs{}
%
\def\makefootline{%
\baselineskip24pt
\line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
}
%
\def\makeheadline{%
\vbox to 0pt{%
\vskip-22.5pt
\line{%
\vbox to8.5pt{}%
% Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
\getcolormarks
% Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
}%
\vss
}%
\nointerlineskip
}
%
%
\pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
%
% #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
\def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
%
% pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
% others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
% someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
% bitmap.
\let\pdfimgext=\empty
\begingroup
\openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
\errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
\errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
\fi
\else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
%
% without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
% included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
\immediate\pdfimage
\else
\immediate\pdfximage
\fi
\ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
\ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion<13
#1.\pdfimgext
\else
{#1.\pdfimgext}%
\fi
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
%
\def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
\iftxiuseunicodedestname
\ifx \declaredencoding \latone
% Pass through Latin-1 characters.
% LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
% Pass through Unicode characters.
\else
% Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\fi
\fi
\else
% Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\fi
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
\txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
}}
%
\def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
\ifx \declaredencoding \latone
% The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
% strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
% the "PDFDocEncoding".
\passthroughcharstrue
% Pass through Latin-1 characters.
% LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
% pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
% For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
% TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
% but the code for this isn't done yet.
% Use ASCII approximations.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\else
% For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
% Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
\passthroughcharstrue
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\fi
\else
% For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
% Use ASCII approximations.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
\fi
\fi
% LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
% pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
\txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
}}
%
\def\pdfmkdest#1{%
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
\safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}
%
% used to mark target names; must be expandable.
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
%
% by default, use black for everything.
\def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
%
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
% come from Petr Olsak
\def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
\else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
\def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
\advance\tempnum by 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
%
% #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
% outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
% of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
% which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
% #4 is the page number
%
\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
% Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
\setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
\setpdfdestname{#3}
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{#4}%
\fi
%
\pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
\begingroup
% Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
\def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\def\thischapnum{##2}%
\def\thissecnum{0}%
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
}%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
\def\thissecnum{##2}%
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
}%
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
}%
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
}%
\def\thischapnum{0}%
\def\thissecnum{0}%
\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
%
% use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
% al. a second time, below.
\def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
\def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
\def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
\def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
\def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
\def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
\def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
\def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
\readdatafile{toc}%
%
% Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
% The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
% subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
%
% We use the node names as the destinations.
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
\dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
%
% PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
% document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
% since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
% Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
% Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
%
% TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
% their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
% much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
% we use for the index sort strings.
%
\indexnofonts
\setupdatafile
% We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
% Texinfo index files. So set that up.
\def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
\def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
\catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
\input \tocreadfilename
\endgroup
}
{\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
\catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
\gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
\gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
]
%
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
\advance\filenamelength by 1
\fi
\nextsp}
\def\getfilename#1{%
\filenamelength=0
% If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
% snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
\edef\temp{#1}%
\expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
}
\ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
\let \startlink \pdfannotlink
\else
\let \startlink \pdfstartlink
\fi
% make a live url in pdf output.
\def\pdfurl#1{%
\begingroup
% it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
% tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
% of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
% people have actually reported a problem with.
%
\normalturnoffactive
\def\@{@}%
\let\/=\empty
\makevalueexpandable
% do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
% special-casing \var here?
\def\var##1{##1}%
%
\leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
\endgroup}
% \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may
% be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
% entry.
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
\def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
\def\maketoks{%
\expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
\ifx\first0\adn0
\else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
\else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
\else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
\else
\ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
\ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
\let\next=\maketoks
\addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
\ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\next}
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
\def\pdflink#1{%
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
\setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
\else
% non-pdf mode
\let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
\let\pdfurl = \gobble
\let\endlink = \relax
\let\setcolor = \gobble
\let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
%
% For XeTeX
%
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
%
% XeTeX version check
%
\ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
% TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
% It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
% For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
% instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
\special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
% XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
% It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
\txiuseunicodedestnametrue
\else
% XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
% `dvipdfmx:config' special.
% So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
% xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
%
% XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
% because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
% It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
\fi
%
% Color support
%
\def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
\def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
%
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
%
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
\def\setcolor#1{%
\xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
\domark
\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
}
%
\def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
\def\lastcolordefs{}
%
\def\makefootline{%
\baselineskip24pt
\line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
}
%
\def\makeheadline{%
\vbox to 0pt{%
\vskip-22.5pt
\line{%
\vbox to8.5pt{}%
% Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
\getcolormarks
% Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
}%
\vss
}%
\nointerlineskip
}
%
% PDF outline support
%
% Emulate pdfTeX primitive
\def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
\special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
}
%
\def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
\iftxiuseunicodedestname
% Pass through Unicode characters.
\else
% Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
\passthroughcharsfalse
\fi
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
\txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
}}
%
\def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
\turnoffactive
% Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
\def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
% For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
% So we do not convert.
\txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
}}
%
\def\pdfmkdest#1{%
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
\safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}
%
% by default, use black for everything.
\def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
%
\def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
\setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
\setpdfdestname{#3}
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{#4}%
\fi
%
\special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
<< /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
\begingroup
%
% For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
% Therefore, we read toc only once.
%
% We use node names as destinations.
\def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
%
\let\appentry\numchapentry%
\let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
\let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
\let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
\let\unnchapentry\numchapentry%
\let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
\let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
\let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
%
% For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
% Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
%
\indexnofonts
\setupdatafile
% We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
% Texinfo index files. So set that up.
\def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
\def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
\catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
\input \tocreadfilename
\endgroup
}
{\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
\catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
\gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
\gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
]
\special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
% ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
% because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
% However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
% ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
% It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
%
\def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
\ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
\else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
\advance\filenamelength by 1
\fi
\nextsp}
\def\getfilename#1{%
\filenamelength=0
% If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
% snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
\edef\temp{#1}%
\expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
}
% make a live url in pdf output.
\def\pdfurl#1{%
\begingroup
% it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
% tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
% of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
% people have actually reported a problem with.
%
\normalturnoffactive
\def\@{@}%
\let\/=\empty
\makevalueexpandable
% do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
% special-casing \var here?
\def\var##1{##1}%
%
\leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
\endgroup}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
\def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
\def\maketoks{%
\expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
\ifx\first0\adn0
\else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
\else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
\else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
\else
\ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
\ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
\let\next=\maketoks
\addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
\ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\next}
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
\def\pdflink#1{%
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
/Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
%
%
% @image support
%
% #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
\def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
\def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
%
% XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
% others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
% someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
% bitmap.
\let\xeteximgext=\empty
\begingroup
\openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
\openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
\errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
\fi
\else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
%
\def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
\ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
\XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
\else
\def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
\ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
\XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
\else
\XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
\fi
\fi
\ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
\ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
}
\fi
%
\message{fonts,}
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
%
\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
%
% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
\def\baselinefactor{1}
%
\newdimen\textleading
\def\setleading#1{%
\dimen0 = #1\relax
\normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
\normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
\normalbaselines
\setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
\vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
}%
}
% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
%
% do nothing with this by default.
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
%%Version: 1.000
%%EndComments
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
12 dict begin
begincmap
/CIDSystemInfo
<< /Registry (TeX)
/Ordering (OT1)
/Supplement 0
>> def
/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
/CMapType 2 def
1 begincodespacerange
<00> <7F>
endcodespacerange
8 beginbfrange
<00> <01> <0393>
<09> <0A> <03A8>
<23> <26> <0023>
<28> <3B> <0028>
<3F> <5B> <003F>
<5D> <5E> <005D>
<61> <7A> <0061>
<7B> <7C> <2013>
endbfrange
40 beginbfchar
<02> <0398>
<03> <039B>
<04> <039E>
<05> <03A0>
<06> <03A3>
<07> <03D2>
<08> <03A6>
<0B> <00660066>
<0C> <00660069>
<0D> <0066006C>
<0E> <006600660069>
<0F> <00660066006C>
<10> <0131>
<11> <0237>
<12> <0060>
<13> <00B4>
<14> <02C7>
<15> <02D8>
<16> <00AF>
<17> <02DA>
<18> <00B8>
<19> <00DF>
<1A> <00E6>
<1B> <0153>
<1C> <00F8>
<1D> <00C6>
<1E> <0152>
<1F> <00D8>
<21> <0021>
<22> <201D>
<27> <2019>
<3C> <00A1>
<3D> <003D>
<3E> <00BF>
<5C> <201C>
<5F> <02D9>
<60> <2018>
<7D> <02DD>
<7E> <007E>
<7F> <00A8>
endbfchar
endcmap
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
end
end
%%EndResource
%%EOF
}\endgroup
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
}%
%
% \cmapOT1IT
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
%%Version: 1.000
%%EndComments
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
12 dict begin
begincmap
/CIDSystemInfo
<< /Registry (TeX)
/Ordering (OT1IT)
/Supplement 0
>> def
/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
/CMapType 2 def
1 begincodespacerange
<00> <7F>
endcodespacerange
8 beginbfrange
<00> <01> <0393>
<09> <0A> <03A8>
<25> <26> <0025>
<28> <3B> <0028>
<3F> <5B> <003F>
<5D> <5E> <005D>
<61> <7A> <0061>
<7B> <7C> <2013>
endbfrange
42 beginbfchar
<02> <0398>
<03> <039B>
<04> <039E>
<05> <03A0>
<06> <03A3>
<07> <03D2>
<08> <03A6>
<0B> <00660066>
<0C> <00660069>
<0D> <0066006C>
<0E> <006600660069>
<0F> <00660066006C>
<10> <0131>
<11> <0237>
<12> <0060>
<13> <00B4>
<14> <02C7>
<15> <02D8>
<16> <00AF>
<17> <02DA>
<18> <00B8>
<19> <00DF>
<1A> <00E6>
<1B> <0153>
<1C> <00F8>
<1D> <00C6>
<1E> <0152>
<1F> <00D8>
<21> <0021>
<22> <201D>
<23> <0023>
<24> <00A3>
<27> <2019>
<3C> <00A1>
<3D> <003D>
<3E> <00BF>
<5C> <201C>
<5F> <02D9>
<60> <2018>
<7D> <02DD>
<7E> <007E>
<7F> <00A8>
endbfchar
endcmap
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
end
end
%%EndResource
%%EOF
}\endgroup
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
}%
%
% \cmapOT1TT
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
\catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
%%Version: 1.000
%%EndComments
/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
12 dict begin
begincmap
/CIDSystemInfo
<< /Registry (TeX)
/Ordering (OT1TT)
/Supplement 0
>> def
/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
/CMapType 2 def
1 begincodespacerange
<00> <7F>
endcodespacerange
5 beginbfrange
<00> <01> <0393>
<09> <0A> <03A8>
<21> <26> <0021>
<28> <5F> <0028>
<61> <7E> <0061>
endbfrange
32 beginbfchar
<02> <0398>
<03> <039B>
<04> <039E>
<05> <03A0>
<06> <03A3>
<07> <03D2>
<08> <03A6>
<0B> <2191>
<0C> <2193>
<0D> <0027>
<0E> <00A1>
<0F> <00BF>
<10> <0131>
<11> <0237>
<12> <0060>
<13> <00B4>
<14> <02C7>
<15> <02D8>
<16> <00AF>
<17> <02DA>
<18> <00B8>
<19> <00DF>
<1A> <00E6>
<1B> <0153>
<1C> <00F8>
<1D> <00C6>
<1E> <0152>
<1F> <00D8>
<20> <2423>
<27> <2019>
<60> <2018>
<7F> <00A8>
endbfchar
endcmap
CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
end
end
%%EndResource
%%EOF
}\endgroup
\expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
\pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
}%
\fi\fi
% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
% Example:
% #1 = \textrm
% #2 = \rmshape
% #3 = 10
% #4 = \mainmagstep
% #5 = OT1
%
\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
\csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
}
% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
\let\cmap\gobble
%
% (end of cmaps)
% Use cm as the default font prefix.
% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
% before you read in texinfo.tex.
\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
\def\fontprefix{cm}
\fi
% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
\def\rmshape{r}
\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold
\def\bfshape{b}
\def\bxshape{bx}
\def\ttshape{tt}
\def\ttbshape{tt}
\def\ttslshape{sltt}
\def\itshape{ti}
\def\itbshape{bxti}
\def\slshape{sl}
\def\slbshape{bxsl}
\def\sfshape{ss}
\def\sfbshape{ss}
\def\scshape{csc}
\def\scbshape{csc}
% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
%
\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
\def\textecsize{1095}
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\smalli=cmmi9
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
\def\smallecsize{0900}
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\font\seveni=cmmi7
\font\sevensy=cmsy7
\def\sevenecsize{0700}
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
\def\titleecsize{2074}
% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
\let\chapbf=\chaprm
\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
\def\chapecsize{1728}
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\secbf\secrm
\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
\def\sececsize{1440}
% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
\def\ssececsize{1200}
% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\font\reducedi=cmmi10
\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
\def\reducedecsize{1000}
\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
\textfonts % reset the current fonts
\rm
} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
%
\def\definetextfontsizex{%
% Text fonts (10pt).
\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
\def\textecsize{1000}
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\smalli=cmmi9
\font\smallsy=cmsy9
\def\smallecsize{0900}
% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
\font\smalleri=cmmi8
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
\font\seveni=cmmi7
\font\sevensy=cmsy7
\def\sevenecsize{0700}
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\titlebf=\titlerm
\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
\def\titleecsize{2074}
% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\let\chapbf\chaprm
\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
\def\chapecsize{1440}
% Section fonts (12pt).
\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\let\secbf\secrm
\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\font\seci=cmmi12
\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
\def\sececsize{1200}
% Subsection fonts (10pt).
\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\font\sseci=cmmi10
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
\def\ssececsize{1000}
% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
\font\reducedi=cmmi9
\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
\def\reducedecsize{0900}
\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs
\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM
\textfonts % reset the current fonts
\rm
} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
% Fonts for short table of contents.
\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
% We provide the user-level command
% @fonttextsize 10
% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
%
\def\xiword{11}
\def\xword{10}
\def\xwordpt{10pt}
%
\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
\def\textsizearg{#1}%
%\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
%
% Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
% makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
%
\begingroup \globaldefs=1
\ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
\else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
\else
\errhelp=\EMsimple
\errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
\fi\fi
\endgroup
}
%
% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
% italics, not bold italics.
%
\def\setfontstyle#1{%
\def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
\csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
}
\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
% So we set up a \sf.
\newfam\sffam
\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
% We don't need math for this font style.
\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
%
\def\resetmathfonts{%
\textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
\textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
\textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
%
% Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
% of the current font size.
\scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
\scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
\scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
\scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
}
%
% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs
% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
%
% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics
% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only.
%
% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
%
% This all needs generalizing, badly.
%
\def\assignfonts#1{%
\expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
}
\newif\ifrmisbold
% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
\def\switchtolllsize{%
\expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
\ifrmisbold
\let\rmfont\bffont
\fi
\csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
}%
\def\switchtolsize{%
\expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
\ifrmisbold
\let\rmfont\bffont
\fi
\csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
}%
\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
\def\curfontsize{#1}%
\def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
\csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
\assignfonts{#1}%
\resetmathfonts
\setleading{#4}%
}}
\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
% can fit this many characters:
% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
%
% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
% --karl, 24jan03.
% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
%
\definetextfontsizexi
\message{markup,}
% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
% this property, we can check that font parameter.
%
\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
% style.
\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
\def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
\markupstylesetup
}
\let\markupstylesetup\empty
\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup
\expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}%
\def#1%
}
% Markup style setup for left and right quotes.
\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{%
\expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
\csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
\ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi
}
\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{%
\expandafter\let\expandafter \temp
\csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname
\ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi
}
{
\catcode`\'=\active
\catcode`\`=\active
\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq}
\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq}
\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft}
\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright}
}
\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright
%
\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright
%
\let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqkbd \markupsetcodequoteright
%
\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright
%
\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright
%
\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft
\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright
% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe
% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d).
% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it
% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the
% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
%
\def\codequoteright{%
\ifmonospace
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
'%
\else \char'15 \fi
\else \char'15 \fi
\else
'%
\fi
}
%
% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
% the code environments to do likewise.
%
\def\codequoteleft{%
\ifmonospace
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
% \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
\relax`%
\else \char'22 \fi
\else \char'22 \fi
\else
\relax`%
\fi
}
% Commands to set the quote options.
%
\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
= t%
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
%
\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
= t%
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
% Font commands.
% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
\ifusingtt
{{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
{\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
\next
}
\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following
% character) is such as not to need one.
\def\smartitaliccorrection{%
\ifx\next,%
\else\ifx\next-%
\else\ifx\next.%
\else\ifx\next\.%
\else\ifx\next\comma%
\else\ptexslash
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\aftersmartic
}
% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns.
\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}}
% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
% ttsl for book titles, do we?
\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}
\def\aftersmartic{}
\def\var#1{%
\let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
\def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
\smartslanted{#1}%
}
\let\i=\smartitalic
\let\slanted=\smartslanted
\let\dfn=\smartslanted
\let\emph=\smartitalic
% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong.
\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
\let\strong=\b
% @sansserif, explicit sans.
\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
%
\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
%
\catcode`@=11
\def\plainfrenchspacing{%
\sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
\sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
}
\def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
\sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
\sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
}
\catcode`@=\other
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
% @t, explicit typewriter.
\def\t#1{%
{\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\null
}
% @samp.
\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
\let\indicateurl=\samp
% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
% This is a subroutine for that.
\def\tclose#1{%
{%
% Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
\spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
%
% Switch to typewriter.
\tt
%
% But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
\def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
%
% Turn off hyphenation.
\nohyphenation
%
\rawbackslash
\plainfrenchspacing
#1%
}%
\null % reset spacefactor to 1000
}
% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
%
% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
{
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
\global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
%
\global\def\code{\begingroup
\setupmarkupstyle{code}%
% The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers.
\catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
\ifallowcodebreaks
\let-\codedash
\let_\codeunder
\else
\let-\normaldash
\let_\realunder
\fi
% Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
% after the hyphen.
\global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
%
\codex
}
%
\gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
\gdef\codedashfinish{%
\normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
%
% Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
% (a) the next character is a -, or
% (b) the preceding character is a -.
% E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
% Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
\ifx\next\codedash \else
\ifx\codedashprev\codedash
\else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
\fi
% we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
% space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}.
\global\let\codedashprev= \next
}
}
\def\normaldash{-}
%
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
\def\codeunder{%
% this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
% is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
% will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
% (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
\ifusingtt{\ifmmode
\mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
\else\normalunderscore \fi
\discretionary{}{}{}}%
{\_}%
}
% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad.
% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
% and _ on and off.
%
\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
\def\keywordtrue{true}
\def\keywordfalse{false}
\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
\ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
\allowcodebreakstrue
\else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
\allowcodebreaksfalse
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
\fi\fi
}
% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
% so use \code rather than \samp.
\let\command=\code
\let\env=\code
\let\file=\code
\let\option=\code
% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
% places within the url. (There used to be another version, which
% didn't support automatic breaking.)
\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
\let\uref=\urefbreak
%
\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
\unsepspaces
\pdfurl{#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\ifpdf
% For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
\ifurefurlonlylink
% PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
\unhbox0
\else
% PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
% visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
\unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
\fi
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
\else
% For XeTeX
\ifurefurlonlylink
% PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
\unhbox0
\else
% PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
% visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
\unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\else
\urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
\fi
\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
\def\urefcatcodes{%
\catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
\catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
\catcode`\/=\active
}
{
\urefcatcodes
%
\global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
\setupmarkupstyle{code}%
\urefcatcodes
\let&\urefcodeamp
\let.\urefcodedot
\let#\urefcodehash
\let?\urefcodequest
\let/\urefcodeslash
\codex
}
%
% By default, they are just regular characters.
\global\def&{\normalamp}
\global\def.{\normaldot}
\global\def#{\normalhash}
\global\def?{\normalquest}
\global\def/{\normalslash}
}
% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in
% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
\def\urefprestretchamount{.13em}
\def\urefpoststretchamount{.1em}
\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
%
\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
{
\catcode`\/=\active
\global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
\urefprestretch \slashChar
% Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
% slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
\ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
}
}
% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
% allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
%
\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
\ifx\txiarg\wordnone
\def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
\def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
\def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
\def\wordafter{after}
\def\wordbefore{before}
\def\wordnone{none}
\urefbreakstyle after
% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
%
\let\url=\uref
% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
%
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
\ifpdf
\def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
\def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
\pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\let\email=\uref
\else
\def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
\def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
\pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
\fi
\fi
% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
\ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
\def\worddistinct{distinct}
\def\wordexample{example}
\def\wordcode{code}
% Default is `distinct'.
\kbdinputstyle distinct
% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
% then @kbd has no effect.
\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}}
\def\xkey{\key}
\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{%
\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi
}
% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size.
%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
%\font\keysy=cmsy9
%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already
% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But
% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt.
%
\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}%
\nohyphenation
\ifmonospace\else\tt\fi
#1}\null}
% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
\def\click{\arrow}
% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
%
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
% all-uppercase.
%
\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
{\switchtolsize #1}%
\def\temp{#2}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
\fi
\null % reset \spacefactor=1000
}
% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
%
\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
{\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\def\temp{#2}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
\fi
\null % reset \spacefactor=1000
}
% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
%
\def\asis#1{#1}
% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
%
% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
% which is what @var uses.
{
\catcode`\_ = \active
\gdef\mathunderscore{%
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
}
}
% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
%
% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
%
\def\math{%
\ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
\tex
\mathunderscore
\let\\ = \mathbackslash
\mathactive
% make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
\let\"=\ddot
\let\'=\acute
\let\==\bar
\let\^=\hat
\let\`=\grave
\let\u=\breve
\let\v=\check
\let\~=\tilde
\let\dotaccent=\dot
% have to provide another name for sup operator
\let\mathopsup=\sup
$\expandafter\finishmath\fi
}
\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
%
{
\catcode`^ = \active
\catcode`< = \active
\catcode`> = \active
\catcode`+ = \active
\catcode`' = \active
\gdef\mathactive{%
\let^ = \ptexhat
\let< = \ptexless
\let> = \ptexgtr
\let+ = \ptexplus
\let' = \ptexquoteright
}
}
% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
%
\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
%
\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
%
\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
%
\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
}
%
% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
\def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
}
%
% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal
% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
%
\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinerawname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
\endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
}
% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
%
\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinevarname{#1}%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
\else\ignorespaces#2\fi
}
% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
%
\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
\def\inlinevarname{#1}%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
}
\message{glyphs,}
% and logos.
% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
\def\@{\char64 }
\let\atchar=\@
% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
\let\{=\lbracechar
\let\}=\rbracechar
% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
\let\comma = ,
% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
\let\, = \ptexc
\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
\let\tieaccent = \ptext
\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
\let\udotaccent = \d
% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
\def\questiondown{?`}
\def\exclamdown{!`}
\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
\def\imacro{i}
\def\jmacro{j}
\def\dotless#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
\else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
\else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
\fi\fi
}
% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
%
\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
% \scriptscriptstyle).
%
\def\LaTeX{%
L\kern-.36em
{\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
\vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
\ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
% for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
% Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
\count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
\else
% For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
\switchtolllsize A%
\fi
}%
\vss
}}%
\kern-.15em
\TeX
}
% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
% but safer, and can't hurt.
\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
%
\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
% whichever is larger.
%
\def\dots{%
\leavevmode
\setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
\ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
\dimen0 = \wd0
\else
\dimen0 = 1.5em
\fi
\hbox to \dimen0{%
\hskip 0pt plus.25fil
.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
.\hskip 0pt plus1fil
.\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
}%
}
% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
%
\def\enddots{%
\dots
\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
}
% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
%
% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
%
\def\point{$\star$}
\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
% The @error{} command.
% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
%
\newbox\errorbox
%
{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
%
\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
\hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
\advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
\vbox{%
\hrule height\dimen2
\hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
\vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
\kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
\hrule height\dimen2}
\hfil}
%
\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
%
\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
%
% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
% font height.
%
% feymr - regular
% feymo - slanted
% feybr - bold
% feybo - bold slanted
%
% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
% Hmm.
%
% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
% Hope not.
%
%
\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
\def\eurofont{%
% We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
% \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
% installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
% font installed.
%
% There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
% that to the current nominal size.
%
% By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
% does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
%
\def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
%
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
% bold:
\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
\else
% regular:
\font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
\fi
\thiseurofont
}
% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because
% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
% the redefinition.
%
% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
%
\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
%
% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the
% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
%
% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
% the same EC font.
\def\ogonek#1{{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
\else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
\else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
\else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
\else
\ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
\else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi
}%
}
\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
%
% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
% package and follow the same conventions.
%
\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
%
\def\etcfont#1{%
% We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
% hopefully nobody will notice/care.
\edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
\edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
\ifmonospace
% typewriter:
\font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
% bold:
\font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
% regular:
\font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\fi
\fi
\thisecfont
}
% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
%
\def\registeredsymbol{%
$^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
}$%
}
% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
%
\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
% so we'll define it if necessary.
%
\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
\fi
% Quotes.
\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
\chardef\quoteright=`\'
\message{page headings,}
\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
\newif\ifseenauthor
\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
\errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
after the title page.}}%
\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
\errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
want the contents after the title page.}}%
\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
\begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
\endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
\envdef\titlepage{%
% Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
\begingroup
\parindent=0pt \textfonts
% Leave some space at the very top of the page.
\vglue\titlepagetopglue
% No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
\finishedtitlepagetrue
%
% Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
% at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
\let\oldpage = \page
\def\page{%
\iffinishedtitlepage\else
\finishtitlepage
\fi
\let\page = \oldpage
\page
\null
}%
}
\def\Etitlepage{%
\iffinishedtitlepage\else
\finishtitlepage
\fi
% It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
% because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
% If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
% after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
\oldpage
\endgroup
%
% Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
% in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
\HEADINGSon
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
\vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
\vskip\titlepagebottomglue
\finishedtitlepagetrue
}
% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
%
\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
\rm
\hyphenpenalty=10000
\parindent=0pt
\tolerance=5000
\ptexraggedright
}
% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
\parseargdef\title{%
\checkenv\titlepage
\vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
% print a rule at the page bottom also.
\finishedtitlepagefalse
\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
}
\parseargdef\subtitle{%
\checkenv\titlepage
{\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
}
% @author should come last, but may come many times.
% It can also be used inside @quotation.
%
\parseargdef\author{%
\def\temp{\quotation}%
\ifx\thisenv\temp
\def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
\else
\checkenv\titlepage
\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
{\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
\fi
}
% Set up page headings and footings.
\let\thispage=\folio
\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
\else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
\else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
% Commands to set those variables.
% For example, this is what @headings on does
% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
% @evenfooting @thisfile||
% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
\global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
%
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
\global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
\global\advance\vsize by -12pt
}
\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
%
% The same set of arguments for:
%
% @oddheadingmarks
% @evenfootingmarks
% @oddfootingmarks
% @everyheadingmarks
% @everyfootingmarks
% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
%
\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
\global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
}
\everyheadingmarks bottom
\everyfootingmarks bottom
% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
% @headings off turns them off.
% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
\evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
\oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
}
\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
\HEADINGSoff % it's the default
% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
% edge of all pages.
\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
\global\pageno=1
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
% page number on top right.
\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
\global\pageno=1
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
% Subroutines used in generating headings
% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
\ifx\today\thisisundefined
\def\today{%
\number\day\space
\ifcase\month
\or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
\or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
\or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
\fi
\space\number\year}
\fi
% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
% It generates no output of its own.
\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
\message{tables,}
% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
% default indentation of table text
\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
\newdimen\itemmax
% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
% these defs.
% They also define \itemindex
% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
\advance\hsize by -\tableindent
\setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
\itemindex{#1}%
\nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
%
% If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
% by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
% line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
% command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
% horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
\ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
%
% Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
% but leave it ragged-right.
\begingroup
\advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
\advance\hsize by\tableindent
\advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
\leavevmode\unhbox0\par
\endgroup
%
% We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
% \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
\nobreak \vskip-\parskip
%
% Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
% what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
% \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
% cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
% bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
% \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
%
\penalty 10001
\endgroup
\itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
\else
% The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
% following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
\noindent
% Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
% the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
% eventually be printed.
\nobreak\kern-\tableindent
\dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
\unhbox0
\nobreak\kern\dimen0
\endgroup
\itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
\fi
}
\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
\envdef\table{%
\let\itemindex\gobble
\tablecheck{table}%
}
\envdef\ftable{%
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
\tablecheck{ftable}%
}
\envdef\vtable{%
\def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
\tablecheck{vtable}%
}
\def\tablecheck#1{%
\ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
\endgroup
\errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
\def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
\else
\let\next\tablex
\fi
\next
}
\def\tablex#1{%
\def\itemindicate{#1}%
\parsearg\tabley
}
\def\tabley#1{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
\expandafter
}\temp \endtablez
}
\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
\aboveenvbreak
\ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
\ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
\itemmax=\tableindent
\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
\advance \leftskip by \tableindent
\exdentamount=\tableindent
\parindent = 0pt
\parskip = \smallskipamount
\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
\let\item = \internalBitem
\let\itemx = \internalBitemx
}
\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
\let\Eftable\Etable
\let\Evtable\Etable
\let\Eitemize\Etable
\let\Eenumerate\Etable
% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
\newcount \itemno
\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
\def\doitemize#1{%
\aboveenvbreak
\itemmax=\itemindent
\advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
\exdentamount=\itemindent
\parindent=0pt
\parskip=\smallskipamount
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
%
% Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
% something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
% right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
% world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
% the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
\def\itemcontents{#1}%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
%
% @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
\ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
%
\let\item=\itemizeitem
}
% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
%
\def\itemizeitem{%
\advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
{%
% If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
% \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
% done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
% parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
% other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
% usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
% space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
% that's the theory.
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
%
\ifinner\else
\vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
\fi
% We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
% @itemize looks awful there.
}%
\flushcr
}
% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
%
\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
% argument is the same as `1'.
%
\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
% If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
\def\thearg{#1}%
\ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
%
% Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
% letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
% (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
% This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
% all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
\expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
\ifx\rest\empty
% Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
% A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
% An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
% not equal to itself.
% Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
%
% We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
% continuing to look for a .
%
\ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
\numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
\else
% It's a letter.
\ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
\lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
\else
\uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
\fi
\fi
\else
% Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
\numericenumerate
\fi
}
% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
% given in \thearg.
%
\def\numericenumerate{%
\itemno = \thearg
\startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
}
% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
\itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
\startenumeration{%
% Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
\ifnum\itemno=0
\errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
alphabet}%
\fi
\char\lccode\itemno
}%
}
% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
\itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
\startenumeration{%
% Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
\ifnum\itemno=0
\errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
alphabet}
\fi
\char\uccode\itemno
}%
}
% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
%
\def\startenumeration#1{%
\advance\itemno by -1
\doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
}
% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
% to @enumerate.
%
\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
% @multitable macros
% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
%
% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
% To make preamble:
%
% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
% @item ...
%
% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
% columns as desired.
% Or use a template:
% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
% @item ...
% using the widest term desired in each column.
% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
% if they are.
% Sample multitable:
% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
% @item
% first col stuff
% @tab
% second col stuff
% @tab
% third col
% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
%
% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
% @end multitable
% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
% to baseline.
% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
%
\newskip\multitableparskip
\newskip\multitableparindent
\newdimen\multitablecolspace
\newskip\multitablelinespace
\multitableparskip=0pt
\multitableparindent=6pt
\multitablecolspace=12pt
\multitablelinespace=0pt
% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
%
\let\endsetuptable\relax
\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
\let\columnfractions\relax
\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
\newif\ifsetpercent
% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
%
\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
\global\advance\colcount by 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
\setuptable
}
\newcount\colcount
\def\setuptable#1{%
\def\firstarg{#1}%
\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
\let\go = \relax
\else
\ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
\global\setpercenttrue
\else
\ifsetpercent
\let\go\pickupwholefraction
\else
\global\advance\colcount by 1
\setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
% separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
\fi
\fi
\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
% Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
% we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
\def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
\else
\let\go = \setuptable
\fi%
\fi
\go
}
% multitable-only commands.
%
% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
% undo it ourselves.
\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
\def\headitem{%
\checkenv\multitable
\crcr
\gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
\global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
\the\everytab % for the first item
}%
%
% default for tables with no headings.
\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
%
% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
%
\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
%
\envdef\multitable{%
\vskip\parskip
\startsavinginserts
%
% @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
% We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
% contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
% \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
\def\item{\crcr}%
%
\tolerance=9500
\hbadness=9500
\setmultitablespacing
\parskip=\multitableparskip
\parindent=\multitableparindent
\overfullrule=0pt
\global\colcount=0
%
\everycr = {%
\noalign{%
\global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
\global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
%
% Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
\checkinserts
%
% Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
\headitemcrhook
\global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
}%
}%
%
\parsearg\domultitable
}
\def\domultitable#1{%
% To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
%
% This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
% be used as many times as user calls for columns.
% \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
% continue for many paragraphs if desired.
\halign\bgroup &%
\global\advance\colcount by 1
\multistrut
\vtop{%
% Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
%
% In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
% we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
% the first one.
%
% If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
% to the width of each template entry.
%
% If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
% use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
% will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
% left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
%
% Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
\rightskip=0pt
\ifnum\colcount=1
% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
\advance\hsize by\leftskip
\else
\ifsetpercent \else
% If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
% we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
\advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
\fi
% In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
\leftskip=\multitablecolspace
\fi
% Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
% blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
% box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
% For example:
% @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
% @item @code{#}
% @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
% Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
% marking characters.
\noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
}\cr
}
\def\Emultitable{%
\crcr
\egroup % end the \halign
\global\setpercentfalse
}
\def\setmultitablespacing{%
\def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
%
% Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
% \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
% this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
% See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
\fi
% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
% table. If not, do nothing.
% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
% than skip between lines in the table.
\fi%
\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller
% than skip between lines in the table.
\fi}
\message{conditionals,}
% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
% attempt to close an environment group.
%
\def\makecond#1{%
\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
\expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
}
\makecond{iftex}
\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
\makecond{ifnothtml}
\makecond{ifnotinfo}
\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
\makecond{ifnotxml}
% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
%
\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
\def\html{\doignore{html}}
\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
%
% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
\newcount\doignorecount
\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
% Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
\obeylines
\catcode`\@ = \other
\catcode`\{ = \other
\catcode`\} = \other
%
% Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
\spaceisspace
%
% Count number of #1's that we've seen.
\doignorecount = 0
%
% Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
\dodoignore{#1}%
}
{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
\obeylines %
%
\gdef\dodoignore#1{%
% #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
%
% Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
\long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
%
% And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
% line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
% example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
\long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
%
% And now expand that command.
\doignoretext ^^M%
}%
}
\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
\let\next\doignoretextzzz
\else % Found a nested condition, ...
\advance\doignorecount by 1
\let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
% If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
\fi
\next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
}
% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
%
\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
\ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
\let\next\enddoignore
\else % Still inside a nested condition.
\advance\doignorecount by -1
\let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
\fi
\next
}
% Finish off ignored text.
{ \obeylines%
% Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
% environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
% would result in a blank line in the output.
\gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
}
% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
%
% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
% didn't need it.
% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
%
\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\def\temp{#2}%
\edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
\ifx\temp\empty
\next{}%
\else
\setzzz#2\endsetzzz
\fi
}%
}
% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
%
\parseargdef\clear{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
}%
}
% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
{
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
%
\gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
\let\value = \expandablevalue
% We don't want these characters active, ...
\catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
% ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
% we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
% So \let them to their normal equivalents.
\let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
}
}
% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
%
% Unfortunately, this has the consequence that when _ is in the *value*
% of an @set, it does not print properly in the roman fonts (get the cmr
% dot accent at position 126 instead). No fix comes to mind, and it's
% been this way since 2003 or earlier, so just ignore it.
%
\def\expandablevalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
{[No value for ``#1'']}%
\message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
\else
\csname SET#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
% will be set by the time it is read back in.
%
% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
\def\dummyvalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
\noexpand\value{#1}%
\else
\csname SET#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
% if possible, otherwise sort late.
\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
ZZZZZZZ
\else
\csname SET#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
% with @set.
%
% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
% \makecond and then redefine.
%
\makecond{ifset}
\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
\def\doifset#1#2{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\let\next=\empty
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
#1% If not set, redefine \next.
\fi
\expandafter
}\next
}
\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
%
% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
%
\makecond{ifclear}
\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the
% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
%
\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
%
\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
\makevalueexpandable
\let\next=\empty
\expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
#1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
\fi
\expandafter
}\next
}
\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
\set txicommandconditionals
% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
\let\dircategory=\comment
% @defininfoenclose.
\let\definfoenclose=\comment
\message{indexing,}
% Index generation facilities
% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
% for the sake of vms.
%
\def\newindex#1{%
\expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
\noexpand\doindex{#1}}
}
% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
%
\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
%
\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
\expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
\noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
% The default indices:
\newindex{cp}% concepts,
\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
%
% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
% inside @code.
%
\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
% #3 the target index (bar).
\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
\requireopenindexfile{#3}%
% redefine \fooindfile:
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
% redefine \fooindex:
\expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
% Used when writing an index entry out to an index file to prevent
% expansion of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
%
\def\indexdummies{%
\escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
\definedummyletter\@%
\definedummyletter\ %
%
% For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
\def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
\def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
%
% Do the redefinitions.
\definedummies
}
% Used for the aux and toc files, where @ is the escape character.
%
\def\atdummies{%
\definedummyletter\@%
\definedummyletter\ %
\definedummyletter\{%
\definedummyletter\}%
%
% Do the redefinitions.
\definedummies
\otherbackslash
}
% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
% from whatever follows.
%
% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
%
% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
% space.
%
\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies, to effectively prevent
% the expansion of commands.
%
\def\definedummies{%
%
\let\commondummyword\definedummyword
\let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
\let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
\definedummyletter\_%
\definedummyletter\-%
%
% Non-English letters.
\definedummyword\AA
\definedummyword\AE
\definedummyword\DH
\definedummyword\L
\definedummyword\O
\definedummyword\OE
\definedummyword\TH
\definedummyword\aa
\definedummyword\ae
\definedummyword\dh
\definedummyword\exclamdown
\definedummyword\l
\definedummyword\o
\definedummyword\oe
\definedummyword\ordf
\definedummyword\ordm
\definedummyword\questiondown
\definedummyword\ss
\definedummyword\th
%
% Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
\definedummyword\bf
\definedummyword\gtr
\definedummyword\hat
\definedummyword\less
\definedummyword\sf
\definedummyword\sl
\definedummyword\tclose
\definedummyword\tt
%
\definedummyword\LaTeX
\definedummyword\TeX
%
% Assorted special characters.
\definedummyword\atchar
\definedummyword\arrow
\definedummyword\bullet
\definedummyword\comma
\definedummyword\copyright
\definedummyword\registeredsymbol
\definedummyword\dots
\definedummyword\enddots
\definedummyword\entrybreak
\definedummyword\equiv
\definedummyword\error
\definedummyword\euro
\definedummyword\expansion
\definedummyword\geq
\definedummyword\guillemetleft
\definedummyword\guillemetright
\definedummyword\guilsinglleft
\definedummyword\guilsinglright
\definedummyword\lbracechar
\definedummyword\leq
\definedummyword\mathopsup
\definedummyword\minus
\definedummyword\ogonek
\definedummyword\pounds
\definedummyword\point
\definedummyword\print
\definedummyword\quotedblbase
\definedummyword\quotedblleft
\definedummyword\quotedblright
\definedummyword\quoteleft
\definedummyword\quoteright
\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
\definedummyword\rbracechar
\definedummyword\result
\definedummyword\sub
\definedummyword\sup
\definedummyword\textdegree
%
% We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
\macrolist
\let\value\dummyvalue
%
\normalturnoffactive
}
% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
%
\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
% Control letters and accents.
\commondummyletter\!%
\commondummyaccent\"%
\commondummyaccent\'%
\commondummyletter\*%
\commondummyaccent\,%
\commondummyletter\.%
\commondummyletter\/%
\commondummyletter\:%
\commondummyaccent\=%
\commondummyletter\?%
\commondummyaccent\^%
\commondummyaccent\`%
\commondummyaccent\~%
\commondummyword\u
\commondummyword\v
\commondummyword\H
\commondummyword\dotaccent
\commondummyword\ogonek
\commondummyword\ringaccent
\commondummyword\tieaccent
\commondummyword\ubaraccent
\commondummyword\udotaccent
\commondummyword\dotless
%
% Texinfo font commands.
\commondummyword\b
\commondummyword\i
\commondummyword\r
\commondummyword\sansserif
\commondummyword\sc
\commondummyword\slanted
\commondummyword\t
%
% Commands that take arguments.
\commondummyword\abbr
\commondummyword\acronym
\commondummyword\anchor
\commondummyword\cite
\commondummyword\code
\commondummyword\command
\commondummyword\dfn
\commondummyword\dmn
\commondummyword\email
\commondummyword\emph
\commondummyword\env
\commondummyword\file
\commondummyword\image
\commondummyword\indicateurl
\commondummyword\inforef
\commondummyword\kbd
\commondummyword\key
\commondummyword\math
\commondummyword\option
\commondummyword\pxref
\commondummyword\ref
\commondummyword\samp
\commondummyword\strong
\commondummyword\tie
\commondummyword\U
\commondummyword\uref
\commondummyword\url
\commondummyword\var
\commondummyword\verb
\commondummyword\w
\commondummyword\xref
}
% This does nothing, but for a time it was recommended to use
% \usebracesinindexestrue to be able to use braces in index entries.
\let\indexlbrace\relax
\let\indexrbrace\relax
{\catcode`\@=0
\catcode`\\=13
@gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
}
{
\catcode`\<=13
\catcode`\-=13
\catcode`\`=13
\gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
% @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
% (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
\let`=\empty
\fi
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
\backslashdisappear
\fi
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
\def-{}%
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
\def<{}%
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
\def\@{}%
\fi
}
\gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
\useindexbackslash
\let-\normaldash
\let<\normalless
\def\@{@}%
}
}
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
%
\def\indexnofonts{%
% Accent commands should become @asis.
\def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
% We can just ignore other control letters.
\def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
% All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
\let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
% Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
%\let\tt=\asis
%
\def\ { }%
\def\@{@}%
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
\def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
%
\uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
\uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
\let\lbracechar\{%
\let\rbracechar\}%
%
% Non-English letters.
\def\AA{AA}%
\def\AE{AE}%
\def\DH{DZZ}%
\def\L{L}%
\def\OE{OE}%
\def\O{O}%
\def\TH{TH}%
\def\aa{aa}%
\def\ae{ae}%
\def\dh{dzz}%
\def\exclamdown{!}%
\def\l{l}%
\def\oe{oe}%
\def\ordf{a}%
\def\ordm{o}%
\def\o{o}%
\def\questiondown{?}%
\def\ss{ss}%
\def\th{th}%
%
\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
\def\TeX{TeX}%
%
% Assorted special characters. \defglyph gives the control sequence a
% definition that removes the {} that follows its use.
\defglyph\atchar{@}%
\defglyph\arrow{->}%
\defglyph\bullet{bullet}%
\defglyph\comma{,}%
\defglyph\copyright{copyright}%
\defglyph\dots{...}%
\defglyph\enddots{...}%
\defglyph\equiv{==}%
\defglyph\error{error}%
\defglyph\euro{euro}%
\defglyph\expansion{==>}%
\defglyph\geq{>=}%
\defglyph\guillemetleft{<<}%
\defglyph\guillemetright{>>}%
\defglyph\guilsinglleft{<}%
\defglyph\guilsinglright{>}%
\defglyph\leq{<=}%
\defglyph\lbracechar{\{}%
\defglyph\minus{-}%
\defglyph\point{.}%
\defglyph\pounds{pounds}%
\defglyph\print{-|}%
\defglyph\quotedblbase{"}%
\defglyph\quotedblleft{"}%
\defglyph\quotedblright{"}%
\defglyph\quoteleft{`}%
\defglyph\quoteright{'}%
\defglyph\quotesinglbase{,}%
\defglyph\rbracechar{\}}%
\defglyph\registeredsymbol{R}%
\defglyph\result{=>}%
\defglyph\textdegree{o}%
%
% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
% makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
% writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
% that starts with \.
%
% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
%
\macrolist
\let\value\indexnofontsvalue
}
\def\defglyph#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}} % see above
\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
% TODO: Two-level index? Operation index?
% Workhorse for all indexes.
% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
%
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
\iflinks
{%
\requireopenindexfile{#1}%
% Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
\toks0 = {#2}%
% If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
\def\thirdarg{#3}%
\ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
\toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
\fi
%
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
%
\safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
}%
\fi
}
% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
\edef\suffix{#1}%
% A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
% of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
\ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
% Open the file
\immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
% Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
% box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
% preceding skips.
\typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
\fi}
\def\indexisfl{fl}
% Output \ as {\indexbackslash}, because \ is an escape character in
% the index files.
\let\indexbackslash=\relax
{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
@gdef@useindexbackslash{@def\{{@indexbackslash}}}
}
% Definition for writing index entry text.
\def\sortas#1{\ignorespaces}%
% Definition for writing index entry sort key. Should occur at the at
% the beginning of the index entry, like
% @cindex @sortas{september} \september
% The \ignorespaces takes care of following space, but there's no way
% to remove space before it.
{
\catcode`\-=13
\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
\begingroup
\indexnonalnumreappear
\indexwritesortasxxx}
\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
\xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
}
% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file.
%
\def\dosubindwrite{%
% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
\fi
%
% Remember, we are within a group.
\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
\useindexbackslash % \indexbackslash isn't defined now so it will be output
% as is; and it will print as backslash.
% The braces around \indexbrace are recognized by texindex.
%
% Get the string to sort by, by processing the index entry with all
% font commands turned off.
{\indexnofonts
\def\lbracechar{{\indexlbrace}}%
\def\rbracechar{{\indexrbrace}}%
\let\{=\lbracechar
\let\}=\rbracechar
\indexnonalnumdisappear
\xdef\indexsortkey{}%
\let\sortas=\indexwritesortas
\edef\temp{\the\toks0}%
\setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\temp}% Make sure to execute any \sortas
\ifx\indexsortkey\empty
\xdef\indexsortkey{\temp}%
\ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
\fi
}%
%
% Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
% the original text, including any font commands. We write
% three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
% subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
% sorted result.
\edef\temp{%
\write\writeto{%
\string\entry{\indexsortkey}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
}%
\temp
}
\newbox\dummybox % used above
% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
%
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
% sequences like this:
% @end defun
% @tindex whatever
% @defun ...
% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
% the previous defun.
%
% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
%
% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
%
% But wait, there is a catch there:
% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
% representation of the skip.
%
% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
%
\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
%
\newskip\whatsitskip
\newcount\whatsitpenalty
%
% ..., ready, GO:
%
\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
#1%
\else
% \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
\whatsitskip = \lastskip
\edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
\whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
%
% If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
% skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
% -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
% non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
% breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
\else
\vskip-\whatsitskip
\fi
%
#1%
%
\ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
% If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
% perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
% to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
% signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
% following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
% @deffn deffn-whatever
% @vindex index-whatever
% Description.
% would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
% and the "Description." paragraph.
\ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
\else
% On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
% this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
% (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
\nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
\fi
\fi}
% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
% or
% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
% containing these kinds of lines:
% \initial {c}
% before the first topic whose initial is c
% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
% for a topic that is used without subtopics
% \primary {topic}
% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
% for each subtopic.
% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
\def\findex {\fnindex}
\def\kindex {\kyindex}
\def\cindex {\cpindex}
\def\vindex {\vrindex}
\def\tindex {\tpindex}
\def\pindex {\pgindex}
\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
{\obeylines %
\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
%
\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
\dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
%
\smallfonts \rm
\tolerance = 9500
\plainfrenchspacing
\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
%
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
% Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
% \initial {@}
% as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
% (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
\catcode`\@ = 12
% See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
\def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
\openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
\ifeof 1
% \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
% and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
% index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
% there is some text.
\putwordIndexNonexistent
\typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
\else
\catcode`\\ = 0
%
% If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
% false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
% it can discover if there is anything in it.
\read 1 to \thisline
\ifeof 1
\putwordIndexIsEmpty
\else
% Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
% character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
% to make right now.
\def\indexbackslash{\ttbackslash}%
\let\indexlbrace\{ % Likewise, set these sequences for braces
\let\indexrbrace\} % used in the sort key.
\begindoublecolumns
\let\dotheinsertentrybox\dotheinsertentryboxwithpenalty
%
% Read input from the index file line by line.
\loopdo
\ifeof1 \else
\read 1 to \nextline
\fi
%
\indexinputprocessing
\thisline
%
\ifeof1\else
\let\thisline\nextline
\repeat
%%
\enddoublecolumns
\fi
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup}
\def\loopdo#1\repeat{\def\body{#1}\loopdoxxx}
\def\loopdoxxx{\let\next=\relax\body\let\next=\loopdoxxx\fi\next}
\def\indexinputprocessing{%
\ifeof1
\let\firsttoken\relax
\else
\edef\act{\gdef\noexpand\firsttoken{\getfirsttoken\nextline}}%
\act
\fi
}
\def\getfirsttoken#1{\expandafter\getfirsttokenx#1\endfirsttoken}
\long\def\getfirsttokenx#1#2\endfirsttoken{\noexpand#1}
% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
\catcode`\$=3
\gdef\initialglyphs{%
% Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
% math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
% for these characters.
\def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
\let\\=\indexbackslash
%
% Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
\catcode`\/=13
\def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
\def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
\def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
\def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
\def\_{%
\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
\def|{$\vert$}%
\def<{$\less$}%
\def>{$\gtr$}%
\def+{$\normalplus$}%
}}
\def\initial{%
\bgroup
\initialglyphs
\initialx
}
\def\initialx#1{%
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
\removelastskip
%
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
% The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
% bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
\nobreak
\vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
\penalty -300
\vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
%
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
% to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
%
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
\vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
\leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
% \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
% \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
% \leftline creates.
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
\nobreak
\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
\egroup % \initialglyphs
}
\newdimen\entryrightmargin
\entryrightmargin=0pt
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
%
\def\entry{%
\begingroup
%
% For pdfTeX and XeTeX.
% The redefinition of \domark stops marks being added in \pdflink to
% preserve coloured links across page boundaries. Otherwise the marks
% would get in the way of \lastbox in \insertentrybox.
\let\domark\relax
%
% Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
% affect previous text.
\par
%
% No extra space above this paragraph.
\parskip = 0in
%
% When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
% from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
% titles, for instance.
\def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
%
% Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
\afterassignment\doentry
\let\temp =
}
\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\doentry{%
% Save the text of the entry
\global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
\bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
\noindent
\aftergroup\finishentry
% And now comes the text of the entry.
% Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
% with catcodes occurring.
}
{\catcode`\@=11
\gdef\finishentry#1{%
\egroup % end box A
\dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
\global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup\unhbox\boxA
% #1 is the page number.
%
% Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
% leaders if they are present.
\global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
\ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
\null\nobreak\hfill\ %
\else
%
\null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
%
\ifpdf
\pdfgettoks#1.%
\hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
\else
\pdfgettoks#1.%
\hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
\fi
\fi
\fi
\egroup % end \boxA
\ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
\global\setbox\entrybox=\vbox{\unhbox\boxA}%
\else
\global\setbox\entrybox=\vbox\bgroup
% We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
% page numbers to be aligned to the right.
%
\parindent = 0pt
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
\rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
% Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
% if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
\parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
%
\advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
% Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
% This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
% fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
\ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
\dimen@i=2.1em
\else
\dimen@i=0em
\fi
\advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
%
\dimen@ii = \hsize
\advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
\advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
\advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
\ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
\ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text
% Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of
% the first line.
\dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
\dimen@ii = \hsize
\ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
% If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
% two lines), use all the space in the first line.
\dimen@ = \dimen@ii
\fi
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
\advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
\parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
% Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
% instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
% doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
%
% Indent all lines but the first one.
\advance\leftskip by 1em
\advance\parindent by -1em
\fi\fi
\indent % start paragraph
\unhbox\boxA
%
% Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
\finalhyphendemerits = 0
%
% Word spacing - no stretch
\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
%
\linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
\hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
%
\par % format the paragraph
\egroup % The \vbox
\fi
\endgroup
\dotheinsertentrybox
}}
\newskip\thinshrinkable
\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
\newbox\entrybox
\def\insertentrybox{%
\ourunvbox\entrybox
}
% default definition
\let\dotheinsertentrybox\insertentrybox
% Use \lastbox to take apart vbox box by box, and add each sub-box
% to the current vertical list.
\def\ourunvbox#1{%
\bgroup % for local binding of \delayedbox
% Remove the last box from box #1
\global\setbox#1=\vbox{%
\unvbox#1%
\unskip % remove any glue
\unpenalty
\global\setbox\interbox=\lastbox
}%
\setbox\delayedbox=\box\interbox
\ifdim\ht#1=0pt\else
\ourunvbox#1 % Repeat on what's left of the box
\nobreak
\fi
\box\delayedbox
\egroup
}
\newbox\delayedbox
\newbox\interbox
% Used from \printindex. \firsttoken should be the first token
% after the \entry. If it's not another \entry, we are at the last
% line of a group of index entries, so insert a penalty to discourage
% widowed index entries.
\def\dotheinsertentryboxwithpenalty{%
\ifx\firsttoken\isentry
\else
\penalty 9000
\fi
\insertentrybox
}
\def\isentry{\entry}%
% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
% the page number to the right.
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
\hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
\def\secondary#1#2{{%
\parfillskip=0in
\parskip=0in
\hangindent=1in
\hangafter=1
\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
\ifpdf
\pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
#2
\else
\pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
\fi
\fi
\par
}}
% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
\catcode`\@=11 % private names
\newbox\partialpage
\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
% Use inside an output routine to save \topmark and \firstmark
\def\savemarks{%
\global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark }%
\global\savedfirstmark=\expandafter{\firstmark }%
}
\newtoks\savedtopmark
\newtoks\savedfirstmark
% Set \topmark and \firstmark for next time \output runs.
% Can't be run from withinside \output (because any material
% added while an output routine is active, including
% penalties, is saved for after it finishes). The page so far
% should be empty, otherwise what's on it will be thrown away.
\def\restoremarks{%
\mark{\the\savedtopmark}%
\bgroup\output = {%
\setbox\dummybox=\box\PAGE
}abc\eject\egroup
% "abc" because output routine doesn't fire for a completely empty page.
\mark{\the\savedfirstmark}%
}
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
% If not much space left on page, start a new page.
\ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
%
% Grab any single-column material above us.
\output = {%
%
% Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
% whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
% routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
% essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
% that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
% output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
% runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
\ifvoid\partialpage \else
\onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
\fi
%
\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
% Unvbox the main output page.
\unvbox\PAGE
\kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
}%
\savemarks
}%
\eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
\restoremarks
%
% We recover the two marks that the last output routine saved in order
% to propagate the information in marks added around a chapter heading,
% which could be otherwise be lost by the time the final page is output.
%
%
% Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
\output = {\doublecolumnout}%
%
% Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
% routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
% format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
% of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
% execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
%
% First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
% the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
% changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
% below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
% as it did when we hard-coded it.
%
% We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
% can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
% been clobbered.
%
\doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
\advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
\divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
%
% Double the \vsize as well.
\advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
\vsize = 2\vsize
%
% For the benefit of balancing columns
\advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
}
% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
%
\def\doublecolumnout{%
%
\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
% Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
% (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
% previous page.
\dimen@ = \vsize
\divide\dimen@ by 2
%
% box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
\setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
\global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
\onepageout\pagesofar
\unvbox\PAGE
\penalty\outputpenalty
}
%
% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
\def\pagesofar{%
\unvbox\partialpage
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
\hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
% Finished with with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
% The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
% _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
% following situation:
%
% The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
% Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
% break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
% section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
% fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
% penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
% below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
% routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
% double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
% is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
% the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
% the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
% break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
% page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
% goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
% section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
% \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
% and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
% \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
%
% Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
% page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
\penalty0
%
\output = {%
% Split the last of the double-column material.
\savemarks
\balancecolumns
}%
\eject % call the \output just set
\ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
% Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
% want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
% definition right away.
\global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
%
\endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
\restoremarks
% Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
% page break.
\box\balancedcolumns
%
% \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
% the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
% typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
\global\vsize = \txipageheight %
\pagegoal = \txipageheight %
\else
% We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout
% is called in \balancecolumns. Try again.
\expandafter\enddoublecolumns
\fi
}
\newbox\balancedcolumns
\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
%
% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
% does the others.
\def\balancecolumns{%
\setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
\advance\dimen@ by \topskip
\advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
\ifdim\dimen@<5\baselineskip
% Don't split a short final column in two.
\setbox2=\vbox{}%
\global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
\else
\divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
\dimen@ii = \dimen@
\splittopskip = \topskip
% Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
{%
\vbadness = 10000
\loop
\global\setbox3 = \copy0
\global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
\ifdim\ht1<\ht3
\global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
\repeat
}%
% Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
%
% Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
% (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
% the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
\ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
% It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
% Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
\setbox\PAGE=\box0
\doublecolumnout
\else
% Compare the heights of the two columns.
\ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
% Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
% flush with each other.
\setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
\setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
\else
% Make column bottoms flush with each other.
\setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
\setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
\fi
\global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
\fi
\fi
%
}
\catcode`\@ = \other
\message{sectioning,}
% Chapters, sections, etc.
% Let's start with @part.
\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
\def\partzzz#1{%
\chapoddpage
\null
\vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
\begingroup
\noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
\let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
\writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
\headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
% This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
% and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
\let\pchapsepmacro\relax
\chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
\chapoddpage
\endgroup
}
% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered
% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
\newcount\chapno
\newcount\secno \secno=0
\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
%
% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
%
\def\appendixletter{%
\ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
\else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
% The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
% expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
% expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
% with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
\else\char\the\appendixno
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
% these. @section does likewise.
\def\thischapter{}
\def\thischapternum{}
\def\thischaptername{}
\def\thissection{}
\def\thissectionnum{}
\def\thissectionname{}
\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
% we only have subsub.
\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
%
% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
%
% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
\def\chapheadtype{N}
% Choose a heading macro
% #1 is heading type
% #2 is heading level
% #3 is text for heading
\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
% Compute the abs. sec. level:
\absseclevel=#2
\advance\absseclevel by \secbase
% Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
\ifnum \absseclevel < 0
\absseclevel = 0
\else
\ifnum \absseclevel > 3
\absseclevel = 3
\fi
\fi
% The heading type:
\def\headtype{#1}%
\if \headtype U%
\ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
\chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
\fi
\else
% Check for appendix sections:
\ifnum \absseclevel = 0
\edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
\else
\if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
\fi\fi
\fi
% Check for numbered within unnumbered:
\ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
\def\headtype{U}%
\else
\chardef\unnlevel = 3
\fi
\fi
% Now print the heading:
\if \headtype U%
\ifcase\absseclevel
\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
\or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
\or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
\or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
\fi
\else
\if \headtype A%
\ifcase\absseclevel
\appendixzzz{#3}%
\or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
\or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
\or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
\fi
\else
\ifcase\absseclevel
\chapterzzz{#3}%
\or \seczzz{#3}%
\or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
\or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
}
% an interface:
\def\numhead{\genhead N}
\def\apphead{\genhead A}
\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
%
% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
%
\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
\def\chapterzzz#1{%
% section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
% as an @include file.
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\chapno by 1
%
% Used for \float.
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
\resetallfloatnos
%
% \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
\toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
\message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
%
% Write the actual heading.
\chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
%
% So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
\global\let\section = \numberedsec
\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
}
\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
%
\def\appendixzzz#1{%
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\appendixno by 1
\gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
\resetallfloatnos
%
% \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
\toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
\message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
%
\chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
%
\global\let\section = \appendixsec
\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
}
% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
\global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
\global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
%
% Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
\global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
\resetallfloatnos
%
% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
% to be executed, not expanded).
%
% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
% \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once,
% simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for
% the toc entries.)
\toks0 = {#1}%
\message{(\the\toks0)}%
%
\chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
%
\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
}
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
\unnmhead0{#1}%
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
}
% @top is like @unnumbered.
\let\top\unnumbered
% Sections.
%
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
\def\seczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
}
% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
}
\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
}
% Subsections.
%
% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
\global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
}
% Subsubsections.
%
% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
\global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
}
% These macros control what the section commands do, according
% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
\let\section = \numberedsec
\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
\def\majorheading{%
{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
\parsearg\chapheadingzzz
}
\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
\vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
\nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
\suppressfirstparagraphindent
}
% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
\suppressfirstparagraphindent}
% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
\newskip\chapheadingskip
% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
% Start a new page
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
\def\chapoddpage{%
\chappager
\ifodd\pageno \else
\begingroup
\headingsoff
\null
\chappager
\endgroup
\fi
}
\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
\def\CHAPPAGon{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
\CHAPPAGon
% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
%
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
% Not used for @heading series.
%
% To test against our argument.
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
%
\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
\expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
\checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
\fi
% FIXME: \chapmacro is currently called from inside \titlepage when
% \setcontentsaftertitlepage to print the "Table of Contents" heading, but
% this should probably be done by \sectionheading with an option to print
% in chapter size.
%
% Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
\let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
\gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{}}%
%
\def\temptype{#2}%
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
\gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
% \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{}
\noexpand\thischapternum:
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
}%
\else
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
% \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{}
\noexpand\thischapternum:
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
% the preceding space.
\safewhatsit\domark
%
% Insert the chapter heading break.
\pchapsepmacro
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
\let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
\domark
%
{%
\chapfonts \rm
\let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
%
% Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
%
% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unnchap}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
\def\toctype{omit}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
\def\toctype{numchap}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
% \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
% entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
\writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
%
% For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
% the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
% been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
% text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
% being visible, for instance under high magnification.
\donoderef{#2}%
%
% Typeset the actual heading.
\nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
\vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
\unhbox0 #1\par}%
}%
\nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
\nobreak
}
% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
\def\centerparameters{%
\advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
\leftskip = \rightskip
\parfillskip = 0pt
}
% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
%
\newskip\secheadingskip
\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
% Subsection titles.
\newskip\subsecheadingskip
\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
% Subsubsection titles.
\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
% Print any size, any type, section title.
%
% #1 is the text of the title,
% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
% #4 is the section number.
%
\def\seckeyword{sec}
%
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
\def\sectionlevel{#2}%
\def\temptype{#3}%
%
% It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
% environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
% dubious), but not the others.
\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
\checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
\fi
\let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
%
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
\csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
%
% Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
\fi
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
% Don't redefine \thissection.
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
\noexpand\thissectionnum:
\noexpand\thissectionname}%
}%
\fi
\else
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
\xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
% commands in some of the translations.
\gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{}
\noexpand\thissectionnum:
\noexpand\thissectionname}%
}%
\fi
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we
% don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
% if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
\par
%
% Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
% the preceding space.
\safewhatsit\domark
%
% Insert space above the heading.
\csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
\global\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
\domark
%
% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unn}%
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
% and don't redefine \lastsection.
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{omit}%
\let\sectionlevel=\empty
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{num}%
\gdef\lastsection{#1}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
\writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
%
% Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
% Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
\donoderef{#3}%
%
% Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
% That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
% preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
% \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
% break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
% section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
\nobreak
%
% Output the actual section heading.
\vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
\hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
\unhbox0 #1}%
}%
% Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
% Don't allow stretch, though.
\kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
%
% Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
% was followed by glue.
\nobreak
%
% We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
% glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
% discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next
% (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
% or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
% obscuring the section heading with something else.
\vskip-\parskip
%
% This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
% \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
% and do the needful.
\penalty 10001
}
\message{toc,}
% Table of contents.
\newwrite\tocfile
% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
% Called from @chapter, etc.
%
% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
% destination to jump to.
%
% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
%
\newif\iftocfileopened
\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
%
\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
\edef\writetoctype{#1}%
\ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
\iftocfileopened\else
\immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
\global\tocfileopenedtrue
\fi
%
\iflinks
{\atdummies
\edef\temp{%
\write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
\temp
}%
\fi
\fi
%
% Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
% writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
% just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
% 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
% two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
% `1', and two named `2'.
\ifpdf
\global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
\global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
\fi
\fi
}
% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
%
\def\activecatcodes{%
\catcode`\"=\active
\catcode`\$=\active
\catcode`\<=\active
\catcode`\>=\active
\catcode`\\=\active
\catcode`\^=\active
\catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\|=\active
\catcode`\~=\active
}
% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
\def\readtocfile{%
\setupdatafile
\activecatcodes
\input \tocreadfilename
}
\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
\newcount\savepageno
\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
%
\def\startcontents#1{%
% If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
% start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
% \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
% From: Torbjorn Granlund
\contentsalignmacro
\immediate\closeout\tocfile
%
% Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
% It is abundantly clear what they are.
\chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
%
\savepageno = \pageno
\begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
\raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
\entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
%
% Roman numerals for page numbers.
\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
}
% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
%
\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
% Normal (long) toc.
%
\def\contents{%
\startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
\ifeof 1 \else
\readtocfile
\fi
\vfill \eject
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
\ifeof 1 \else
\pdfmakeoutlines
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\global\pageno = \savepageno
}
% And just the chapters.
\def\summarycontents{%
\startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
%
\let\partentry = \shortpartentry
\let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
\let\appentry = \shortchapentry
\let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
% We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
\secfonts
\let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
\let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
\rm
\hyphenpenalty = 10000
\advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
\let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
\openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
\ifeof 1 \else
\readtocfile
\fi
\closein 1
\vfill \eject
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
\endgroup
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\global\pageno = \savepageno
}
\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
%
\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
% This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
% widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
% But use \hss just in case.
% (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
% the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
%
% We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
% with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
% left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
% chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
% there are before deciding ...
\hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
}
% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
% The last argument is the page number.
% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't
% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
% Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
% This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
% part heading, before a following chapter heading.
\vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
\penalty-300
\vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
}
%
% Parts, in the short toc.
\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
\penalty-300
\vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
\shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
}
% Chapters, in the main contents.
\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
% Chapters, in the short toc.
% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
\tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
}
% Appendices, in the main contents.
% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
%
\def\appendixbox#1{%
% We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
\hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
%
\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
% Unnumbered chapters.
\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
% Sections.
\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
% Subsections.
\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
% And subsubsections.
\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
% Same as \defaultparindent.
\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
% page number.
%
% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
\penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
\begingroup
% Move the page numbers slightly to the right
\advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
\chapentryfonts
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup
\nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
}
\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
\subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup}
% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
\let\tocentry = \entry
% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
\message{environments,}
% @foo ... @end foo.
% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
\envdef\tex{%
\setupmarkupstyle{tex}%
\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
\catcode `\%=14
\catcode `\+=\other
\catcode `\"=\other
\catcode `\|=\other
\catcode `\<=\other
\catcode `\>=\other
\catcode `\`=\other
\catcode `\'=\other
%
% ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
% other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
\mathactive
%
% Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
\let\b=\ptexb
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
\let\c=\ptexc
\let\,=\ptexcomma
\let\.=\ptexdot
\let\dots=\ptexdots
\let\equiv=\ptexequiv
\let\!=\ptexexclam
\let\i=\ptexi
\let\indent=\ptexindent
\let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
\let\{=\ptexlbrace
\let\+=\tabalign
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
\let\/=\ptexslash
\let\sp=\ptexsp
\let\*=\ptexstar
%\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
\let\t=\ptext
\expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
\let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
%
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
\def\@{@}%
}
% There is no need to define \Etex.
% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
% have any width.
\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
% This space is always present above and below environments.
\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
%
\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
% \sectionheading, q.v.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
\endgraf
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
\removelastskip
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
% Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
% often leads into it.
\penalty100
\fi
\vskip\envskipamount
\fi
\fi
}}
\def\afterenvbreak{{%
% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
% \sectionheading, q.v.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
\endgraf
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
\removelastskip
% it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
% or better ...
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
\vskip\envskipamount
\fi
\fi
}}
% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
% environment contents.
\font\circle=lcircle10
\newdimen\circthick
\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
%
\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
\ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
\hskip\rskip}}
\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
\cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
\hskip\rskip}}
%
\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
\envdef\cartouche{%
\ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
\startsavinginserts
\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
\leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
\cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
\advance\cartinner by-\rskip
\cartouter=\hsize
\advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
% side, and for 6pt waste from
% each corner char, and rule thickness
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
%
% If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
% \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
% collide with the section heading.
\ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
%
\setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
\carttop
\hbox\bgroup
\hskip\lskip
\vrule\kern3pt
\vbox\bgroup
\kern3pt
\hsize=\cartinner
\baselineskip=\normbskip
\lineskip=\normlskip
\parskip=\normpskip
\vskip -\parskip
\comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group.
}
\def\Ecartouche{%
\ifhmode\par\fi
\kern3pt
\egroup
\kern3pt\vrule
\hskip\rskip
\egroup
\cartbot
\egroup
\addgroupbox
\checkinserts
}
% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
% inside a group.
\newdimen\nonfillparindent
\def\nonfillstart{%
\aboveenvbreak
\ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
\obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
\parskip = 0pt
% Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
% the normal \indent.
\nonfillparindent=\parindent
\parindent = 0pt
\let\indent\nonfillindent
%
\emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
\else
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
\fi
\let\exdent=\nofillexdent
}
\begingroup
\obeyspaces
% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
% @indent.
\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
\ifx\temp %
\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
\else%
\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
\fi%
}%
\endgroup
\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
% This affects the following displayed environments:
% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
%
\def\smallword{small}
\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
\def\setnormaldispenv{%
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
% end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
% line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
% we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
% to change the fonts afterward.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
\smallexamplefonts \rm
\fi
}
\def\setsmalldispenv{%
\ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
\else
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
\smallexamplefonts \rm
\fi
}
% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
\expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
\expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
\expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
}
% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
\makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
\makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
}
%
% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
% @example: same as @lisp.
%
% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
%
\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
\nonfillstart
\tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}%
\let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
\gobble % eat return
}
% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
%
\makedispenvdef{display}{%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
%
\makedispenvdef{format}{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
\envdef\flushleft{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\gobble
}
\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
% @flushright.
%
\envdef\flushright{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
\gobble
}
\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
% justification. From plain.tex. Don't stretch around special
% characters in urls in this environment, since the stretch at the right
% should be enough.
\envdef\raggedright{%
\rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
\def\urefprestretchamount{0pt}%
\def\urefpoststretchamount{0pt}%
}
\let\Eraggedright\par
\envdef\raggedleft{%
\parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em
\spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
\hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
% badness reporting.
}
\let\Eraggedleft\par
\envdef\raggedcenter{%
\parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em
\spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt
\hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off
% badness reporting.
}
\let\Eraggedcenter\par
% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
%
\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
%
\def\quotationstart{%
\indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
\fi
\parsearg\quotationlabel
}
% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
% doing normal filling.
%
\def\Equotation{%
\par
\ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
% indent a bit.
\leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
\fi
{\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
}
\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
\def\quotationlabel#1{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
{\bf #1: }%
\fi
}
% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
% has no optional argument.
%
\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
%
\def\indentedblockstart{%
{\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
\parindent=0pt
%
% @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
\ifx\nonarrowing\relax
\advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
\exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
\else
\let\nonarrowing = \relax
\fi
}
% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
%
\def\Eindentedblock{%
\par
{\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
}
\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...}
% If we want to allow any as delimiter,
% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
%
% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
%
% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
% verbatim line.
\def\dospecials{%
\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
\do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
\do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
% Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
% @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
% @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
%\do\`\do\'%
}
%
% [Knuth] p. 380
\def\uncatcodespecials{%
\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
%
% Setup for the @verb command.
%
% Eight spaces for a tab
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
\endgroup
%
\def\setupverb{%
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
\setupmarkupstyle{verb}%
\tabeightspaces
% Respect line breaks,
% print special symbols as themselves, and
% make each space count
% must do in this order:
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
}
% Setup for the @verbatim environment
%
% Real tab expansion.
\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
%
% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
% tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent,
% or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the
% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before
% it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands
% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself.
\newbox\verbbox
\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\gdef\tabexpand{%
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
\dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
\divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
\multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
\advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
\wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox
}%
}
\endgroup
% start the verbatim environment.
\def\setupverbatim{%
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
% The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would
% never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
\def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
\tabexpand
\setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
% Respect line breaks,
% print special symbols as themselves, and
% make each space count.
% Must do in this order:
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
\everypar{\starttabbox}%
}
% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
%
% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1}
%
% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
\begingroup
\catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
\gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
\endgroup
%
\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
%
%
% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
%
% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
%
% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
%
% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\ =\active
\obeylines %
% ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
% of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
% line in the output.
\xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
% We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
% without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
\endgroup
%
\envdef\verbatim{%
\setupverbatim\doverbatim
}
\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
%
\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
%
\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\setupverbatim
\indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
\wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
\input #1
\afterenvbreak
}%
}
% @copying ... @end copying.
% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
%
% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
% possible is desirable.
%
\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
%
\def\insertcopying{%
\begingroup
\parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
\scanexp\copyingtext
\endgroup
}
\message{defuns,}
% @defun etc.
\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
\newcount\defunpenalty
% Start the processing of @deffn:
\def\startdefun{%
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
\medbreak
\defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
% following @def command, see below.
\else
% If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
% which is there to keep the function description together with its
% header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
% break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
% by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
% commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
% a break between a section heading and a defun.
%
% As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
% with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
% sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
% @def command.
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
%
% Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
% But do insert the glue.
\medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
\fi
%
\parindent=0in
\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
}
\def\dodefunx#1{%
% First, check whether we are in the right environment:
\checkenv#1%
%
% As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
% It's not a great place, though.
\ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
%
% And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
\expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
}
\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
%
\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
\begingroup
% call \deffnheader:
#1#2 \endheader
% common ending:
\interlinepenalty = 10000
\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
\endgraf
\nobreak\vskip -\parskip
\penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
% Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
% rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
\checkparencounts
\endgroup
}
\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader.
%
\def\makedefun#1{%
\expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
\edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
\makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
\temp
}
% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
%
% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
%
\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
\envdef#1{%
\startdefun
\doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
\parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
}%
\def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
\def#3%
}
\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function?
\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line?
% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
%
\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
= \empty
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
% Untyped functions:
% @deffn category name args
\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
% @deffn category class name args
\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
% \defopon {category on}class name args
\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
%
\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
% Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
\defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
}
% Typed functions:
% @deftypefn category type name args
\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
% @deftypeop category class type name args
\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
%
\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
\doingtypefntrue
\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
% Typed variables:
% @deftypevr category type var args
\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
% @deftypecv category class type var args
\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
%
\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
\dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
\defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
}
% Untyped variables:
% @defvr category var args
\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
% @defcv category class var args
\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
% \defcvof {category of}class var args
\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
% Types:
% @deftp category name args
\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
\doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
\defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
}
% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
% #2 is the return type, if any.
% #3 is the function name.
%
% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
%
\def\defname#1#2#3{%
\par
% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
%
% Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
% on a line by itself.
\rettypeownlinefalse
\ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically?
% then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else
\rettypeownlinetrue
\fi
\fi
%
% How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps
% distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
% just below it.
\def\temp{#1}%
\setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
%
% Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at
% least two.
\tempnum = 2
%
% The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
% we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
\dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
%
% If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
\ifrettypeownline
\advance\tempnum by 1
\def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
\else
\def\maybeshapeline{}%
\fi
%
% The continuations:
\dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
%
% The final paragraph shape:
\parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2
%
% Put the category name at the right margin.
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{%
\hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
% \hsize has to be shortened this way:
\kern\leftskip
% Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
}%
%
% Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
{%
% defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
% . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
% . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
% common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
% tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
% . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
% . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
% one has made identifiers using them :).
\df \tt
\def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
\ifx\temp\empty\else
\tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
\ifrettypeownline
% put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
\hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
\else
\space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
\fi
\fi % no return type
#3% output function name
}%
{\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
%
\boldbrax
% arguments will be output next, if any.
}
% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
%
\def\defunargs#1{%
% use sl by default (not ttsl),
% tt for the names.
\df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
%
% On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
% want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so
% leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter.
% Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen
% and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`.
\def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}%
#1%
\sl\hyphenchar\font=45
}
% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
%
\def\activeparens{%
\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
\catcode`\&=\active
}
% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
{
\activeparens
\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
\global\let& = \&
\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
\gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
}
\let\ampchar\&
\newcount\parencount
% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
\newif\ifampseen
\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
\def\parenfont{%
\ifampseen
% At the first level, print parens in roman,
% otherwise use the default font.
\ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
\else
% The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
% the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
\sf
\fi
}
\def\infirstlevel#1{%
\ifampseen
\ifnum\parencount=1
#1%
\fi
\fi
}
\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
\def\opnr{%
\global\advance\parencount by 1
{\parenfont(}%
\infirstlevel \bfafterword
}
\def\clnr{%
{\parenfont)}%
\infirstlevel \sl
\global\advance\parencount by -1
}
\newcount\brackcount
\def\lbrb{%
\global\advance\brackcount by 1
{\bf[}%
}
\def\rbrb{%
{\bf]}%
\global\advance\brackcount by -1
}
\def\checkparencounts{%
\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
\ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
}
% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
\def\badparencount{%
\message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
\global\parencount=0
}
\def\badbrackcount{%
\message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
\global\brackcount=0
}
\message{macros,}
% @macro.
% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
\newwrite\macscribble
\def\scantokens#1{%
\toks0={#1}%
\immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
\immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
\immediate\closeout\macscribble
\input \jobname.tmp
}
\fi
% alias because \c means cedilla in @tex or @math
\let\texinfoc=\c
\newcount\savedcatcodeone
\newcount\savedcatcodetwo
% Used at the time of macro expansion.
% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
\def\scanmacro#1{%
\newlinechar`\^^M
\def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}%
%
% Temporarily undo catcode changes of \printindex. Set catcode of @ to
% 0 so that @-commands in macro expansions aren't printed literally when
% formatting an index file, where \ is used as the escape character.
\savedcatcodeone=\catcode`\@
\savedcatcodetwo=\catcode`\\
\catcode`\@=0
\catcode`\\=\active
%
% Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
\scantokens{#1@texinfoc}%
%
\catcode`\@=\savedcatcodeone
\catcode`\\=\savedcatcodetwo
%
% The \texinfoc is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
% can be noticed by \parsearg.
% We avoid surrounding the call to \scantokens with \bgroup and \egroup
% to allow macros to open or close groups themselves.
}
% Used for copying and captions
\def\scanexp#1{%
\expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
}
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
\newtoks\macname % Macro name
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
% List of all defined macros in the form
% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
% if there is a need.
\def\macrolist{}
% Add the macro to \macrolist
\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
\toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
}
% Utility routines.
% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
%
\def\cslet#1#2{%
\expandafter\let
\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname#2\endcsname
}
% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
{\catcode`\@=11
\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
\def\unbrace#1{#1}
\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
}
% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
}
% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
%
% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
% confine the change to the current group.
%
% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
%
\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
\catcode`\"=\other
\catcode`\+=\other
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
\catcode`\^=\other
\catcode`\_=\other
\catcode`\|=\other
\catcode`\~=\other
\passthroughcharstrue
}
\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
\scanctxt
\catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
}
\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
\scanctxt
\catcode`\ =\other
\catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
\usembodybackslash
}
% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
% an argument to another Texinfo command.
\def\macroargctxt{%
\scanctxt
\catcode`\ =\active
\catcode`\^^M=\other
\catcode`\\=\active
}
\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
\scanctxt
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
% where N is the macro parameter number.
% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
%
{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
@gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
@gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
}
\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
\def\macroxxx#1{%
\getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
\ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
\paramno=0\relax
\else
\expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
\if\paramno>256\relax
\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
\fi
\fi
\fi
\if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
\message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
\else
\expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
\else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
\global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
\global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
\addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
\fi
\begingroup \macrobodyctxt
\ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
\else \expandafter\parsemacbody
\fi}
\parseargdef\unmacro{%
\if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
\global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
\global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
\begingroup
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
\let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
\endgroup
\else
\errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
\fi
}
% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
%
\def\unmacrodo#1{%
\ifx #1\relax
% remove this
\else
\noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
\fi
}
% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
%
% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
%
% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
% \parsemmanyargdef.
%
\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
\let\hash\relax
% \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
\let\xeatspaces\relax
\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
\ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
\paramno0\relax
\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
\fi
}
\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
\advance\paramno by 1
\expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
{\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
\edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
\fi\next}
% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
%
% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
%
% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
% body to be transformed.
% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
%
{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
\catcode `@=11\relax
%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
% processed again to replace the arguments.
%
% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
%
% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
%
% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else
\let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
\edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
\expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
% Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
% don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an
% \xdef .
\expandafter\edef\tempa
{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
\advance\paramno by 1\relax
\fi\next}
\let\endargs@\relax
\let\nil@\relax
\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
% macarg.ARGNAME
%
% #1 is the macro name
% #2 is the list of argument names
% #3 is the list of argument values
\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
\def\macargdeflist@{}%
\def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
\def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
\def\macroname{#1}%
\begingroup
\macroargctxt
\def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
\def\@tempa{#3}%
\ifx\@tempa\empty
\setemptyargvalues@
\else
\getargvals@@
\fi
}
\def\getargvals@@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
% Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
\ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
\fi
\let\next\macargexpandinbody@
\else
\ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
% No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg
% macros to empty.
\let\next\setemptyargvalues@
\else
% pop current arg name into \@tempb
\def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
% pop current argument value into \@tempc
\def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
% Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
% First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
\expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
\expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
\edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
\push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
\let\next\getargvals@@
\fi
\fi
\next
}
\def\push@#1#2{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter#1#2}%
}
% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
% in macro \@tempa.
%
\def\macvalstoargs@{%
% To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
% within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
% values into respective token registers.
%
% First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
\begingroup
\paramno0\relax
% Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
% value into a new token list register \toks#N
\expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
% Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
% values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
% are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
\edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
% Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
% which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
% group.
\expandafter
\endgroup
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
}
% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
%
\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
\expandafter
\endgroup
\macargdeflist@
% First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
% is in \@tempa .
\macvalstoargs@
% Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
% with \@tempb .
\expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
% Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
% \egroup .
\ifx\@tempb\gobble
\let\@tempc\relax
\else
\let\@tempc\egroup
\fi
% And now we do the real job:
\edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
\@tempd
}
\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next\relax
\else
\let\next\putargsintokens@
% First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
% alias \@tempb .
\toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
% Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
\expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
\expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
\advance\paramno by 1\relax
\fi
\next
}
% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
%
\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
\let\next\macargexpandinbody@
\else
\expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
\let\next\setemptyargvalues@
\fi
\next
}
\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
\expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
\push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
\def\paramlist{#2}%
}
% #1 is the element target macro
% #2 is the list macro
% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
\def#1{#3}%
\def#2{#4}%
}
\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
\long\def#1{#3}%
\long\def#2{#4}%
}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
% \paramno is the number of parameters
% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
%
\def\defmacro{%
\let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
\ifnum\paramno=1
\def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
% This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't
% use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
% when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
% commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
\else
\let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
\fi
\ifcase\paramno
% 0
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup
\noexpand\spaceisspace
\noexpand\endlineisspace
\noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
\egroup
\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
\or % 1
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup
\noexpand\braceorline
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
\egroup
\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
}%
\else % at most 9
\ifnum\paramno<10\relax
% @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
% @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
% comma.
% @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
% @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\bgroup
\noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
\noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
\noexpand\expandafter
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
\noexpand\passargtomacro
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\xdef
\expandafter\expandafter
\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
\else % 10 or more:
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
\noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
}%
\global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
\global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
\fi
\fi}
\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%
{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
@catcode`@_=11 % private names
@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
% compressed to one.
%
% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
%
% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
%
% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
%
% where:
% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
@add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
}
@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
% #2 - PENDING_BS
% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
% #4 used to look ahead
%
% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
% otherwise, remove the next token.
@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
@ifx#4\%
@expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
@else
@expandafter@add_segment
@fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
}
% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
% #2 - PENDING_BS
% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
% #5 looks ahead
%
% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
@add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
}
@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
% #2 - PENDING_BS
% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
% #4 is input stream until next backslash
%
% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
% added to ARG_RESULT.
@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
@ifx#3@_finish
@call_the_macro#1!%
@else
% append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
@expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
% this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
% we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
% long #4 is.
}
% #1 - THE_MACRO
% #2 - ARG_RESULT
% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
% conditional.
@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
%
\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
\ifx\nchar\bgroup
\macroargctxt
\expandafter\passargtomacro
\else
\macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
\fi \macnamexxx}
% @alias.
% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
%
\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
{%
\expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
\addtomacrolist{#1}%
\xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
}%
\next
}
\message{cross references,}
\newwrite\auxfile
\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
% @inforef is relatively simple.
\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
% @node foo , bar , ...
% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
%
\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
%
% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
\let\nwnode=\node
\let\lastnode=\empty
% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
%
\def\donoderef#1{%
\ifx\lastnode\empty\else
\setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
\global\let\lastnode=\empty
\fi
}
% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
%
\newcount\savesfregister
%
\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
% anchor), which consists of three parts:
% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
% or the anchor name.
% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
% empty for anchors.
% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
%
% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
%
\def\setref#1#2{%
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
\iflinks
{%
\requireauxfile
\atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
% match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
\def\value##1{##1}%
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
}%
\toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
\safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
}%
\fi
}
% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
% variable, now it's official.
%
\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
= \empty
\else\ifx\temp\offword
\expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
= \relax
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
must be on|off}%
\fi\fi
}
%
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
%
\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
\def\ref{\xrefXX}
\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
%
\newbox\toprefbox
\newbox\printedrefnamebox
\newbox\infofilenamebox
\newbox\printedmanualbox
%
\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
%
% Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
\setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
%
\def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
\setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
%
\def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
\setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
%
% If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
% the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
\ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
% No printed node name was explicitly given.
\expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
% Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
% Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
% the square brackets if we have it.
\ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
% It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\else
\ifhavexrefs
% We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
\def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
\else
% Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
\def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
\fi%
\fi
\fi
\fi
%
% Make link in pdf output.
\ifpdf
% For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
{\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
% #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
\getfilename{#4}%
%
% This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
% spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
%
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
\fi
%
\leavevmode
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
\else
goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
\fi
}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
% For XeTeX
{\indexnofonts
\makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
% #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
\getfilename{#4}%
%
% This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
% spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
\setpdfdestname{#1}%
%
\ifx\pdfdestname\empty
\def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
\fi
%
\leavevmode
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
% With default settings,
% XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
% In this case, the replaced destination names of
% remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
% you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
% If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
% this command line option is no longer necessary
% because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
<< /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
\else
\special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
<< /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
\fi
}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
\fi
\fi
{%
% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
}%
%
% Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
% instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
% \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
\ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
\refx{#1-snt}{}%
\else
\printedrefname
\fi
%
% If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
% "in MANUALNAME".
\ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
\space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
\fi
\else
% node/anchor (non-float) references.
%
% If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
% empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
% find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
% this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name
% again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
%
\ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
% Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
%
\crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
%
\else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
% Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
% printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as
% the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
%
\crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
%
\else
% Reference within this manual.
%
% _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
% control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
% into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
% printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
% printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
{\turnoffactive
% Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
% @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
\ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
}%
% output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
\xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
%
% But we always want a comma and a space:
,\space
%
% output the `page 3'.
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
% Add a , if xref followed by a space
\if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
\else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
\else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
\else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
\else\ifx\
\tokenafterxref ,% @NL
\else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi
\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice).
%
% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
%
% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
%
% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
%
\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
\setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
\ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty?
\ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top?
\putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
\fi
\fi
#1%
}
% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
% one that Bob is working on :).
%
\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
% Things referred to by \setref.
%
\def\Ynothing{}
\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
\def\Ynumbered{%
\ifnum\secno=0
\putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
\else \ifnum\subsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
\else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
\else
\putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
\fi\fi\fi
}
\def\Yappendix{%
\ifnum\secno=0
\putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
\else \ifnum\subsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
\else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
\putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
\else
\putwordSection@tie
@char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
\fi\fi\fi
}
% \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. SUFFIX
% is output afterwards if non-empty.
\def\refx#1#2{%
\requireauxfile
{%
\indexnofonts
\otherbackslash
\def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
\csname XR#1\endcsname
}%
\ifx\thisrefX\relax
% If not defined, say something at least.
\angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
\iflinks
\ifhavexrefs
{\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
\message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
\else
\ifwarnedxrefs\else
\global\warnedxrefstrue
\message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
\else
% It's defined, so just use it.
\thisrefX
\fi
#2% Output the suffix in any case.
}
% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
% type, we have more work to do.
%
\def\xrdef#1#2{%
{% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
% \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
% like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\def\value##1{##1}%
\xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
}%
%
\bgroup
\expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
\egroup
% We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
% TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
% thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
% when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
%
% Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
\expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
% it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
\expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
%
% Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
\expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
\toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
\else
% had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
\toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
\fi
%
% Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
% for later use in \listoffloats.
\expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
{\safexrefname}}%
\fi
}
% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
%
\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
\def\requireauxfile{%
\iflinks
\tryauxfile
% Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
\immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
\fi
\global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
}
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
%
\def\tryauxfile{%
\openin 1 \jobname.aux
\ifeof 1 \else
\readdatafile{aux}%
\global\havexrefstrue
\fi
\closein 1
}
\def\setupdatafile{%
\catcode`\^^@=\other
\catcode`\^^A=\other
\catcode`\^^B=\other
\catcode`\^^C=\other
\catcode`\^^D=\other
\catcode`\^^E=\other
\catcode`\^^F=\other
\catcode`\^^G=\other
\catcode`\^^H=\other
\catcode`\^^K=\other
\catcode`\^^L=\other
\catcode`\^^N=\other
\catcode`\^^P=\other
\catcode`\^^Q=\other
\catcode`\^^R=\other
\catcode`\^^S=\other
\catcode`\^^T=\other
\catcode`\^^U=\other
\catcode`\^^V=\other
\catcode`\^^W=\other
\catcode`\^^X=\other
\catcode`\^^Z=\other
\catcode`\^^[=\other
\catcode`\^^\=\other
\catcode`\^^]=\other
\catcode`\^^^=\other
\catcode`\^^_=\other
% It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
% in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
% supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
% that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
% character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
% b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
% argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
% all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
%
% The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
% \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
% and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
%
\catcode`\^=\other
%
% Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
\catcode`\~=\other
\catcode`\[=\other
\catcode`\]=\other
\catcode`\"=\other
\catcode`\_=\other
\catcode`\|=\other
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
\catcode`\$=\other
\catcode`\#=\other
\catcode`\&=\other
\catcode`\%=\other
\catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
%
% This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
% characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
% leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
% character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
% of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
% should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
% now. --karl, 15jan04.
\catcode`\\=\other
%
% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
\catcode`\@=0
}
\def\readdatafile#1{%
\begingroup
\setupdatafile
\input\jobname.#1
\endgroup}
\message{insertions,}
% including footnotes.
\newcount \footnoteno
% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
\let\footnotestyle=\comment
{\catcode `\@=11
%
% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
\gdef\footnote{%
\global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
\edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
%
% In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
% extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
\let\@sf\empty
\ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
%
% Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
\unskip
\thisfootno\@sf
\dofootnote
}%
% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
%
% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
%
\gdef\dofootnote{%
\insert\footins\bgroup
%
% Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
% more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
\let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
%
% We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
% footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
% So reset some parameters.
\hsize=\txipagewidth
\interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
\splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
\splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
\floatingpenalty\@MM
\leftskip\z@skip
\rightskip\z@skip
\spaceskip\z@skip
\xspaceskip\z@skip
\parindent\defaultparindent
%
\smallfonts \rm
%
% Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
% to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
% hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
% text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
\let\noindent = \relax
%
% Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
% footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
\everypar = {\hang}%
\textindent{\thisfootno}%
%
% Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
% expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
% provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
\footstrut
%
% Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
\futurelet\next\fo@t
}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
\def\errfootnotenest{%
\errhelp=\EMsimple
\errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
}
\def\errfootnoteheading{%
\errhelp=\EMsimple
\errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
}
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
% would be lost.
% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
%
% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
% out prematurely.
%
\def\startsavinginserts{%
\ifx \insert\ptexinsert
\let\insert\saveinsert
\else
\let\checkinserts\relax
\fi
}
% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
%
\def\saveinsert#1{%
\edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
\afterassignment\next
% swallow the left brace
\let\temp =
}
\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
\def\placesaveins#1{%
\ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
{\box#1}%
}
% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
{
\def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
\gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
}
% initialization:
\def\newsaveins #1{%
\edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
\next
}
\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
\csname newbox\endcsname #1%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
\checksaveins #1}%
}
% initialize:
\let\checkinserts\empty
\newsaveins\footins
\newsaveins\margin
% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
%
% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
% undone and the next image would fail.
\openin 1 = epsf.tex
\ifeof 1 \else
% Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
% doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
\def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
\input epsf.tex
\fi
\closein 1
%
% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
%
\def\image#1{%
\ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
\ifwarnednoepsf \else
\errhelp = \noepsfhelp
\errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
\global\warnednoepsftrue
\fi
\else
\imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
\fi
}
%
% Arguments to @image:
% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
\newif\ifimagevmode
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
\def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
\else \ifx\centersub\centerV
% for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space
\imagevmodetrue
\vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev
\fi\fi
%
\ifimagevmode
\nobreak\medskip
% Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
% \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
% above and below.
\nobreak\vskip\parskip
\nobreak
\fi
%
% Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing
% environment such as @quotation is respected.
% However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
% normal paragraph indentation.
% On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't
% want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and
% eradicate the centering.
\ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi
%
% Output the image.
\ifpdf
% For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
% For epsf.tex
% \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
\epsfbox{#1.eps}%
\else
% For XeTeX
\doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\fi
\fi
%
\ifimagevmode
\medskip % space after a standalone image
\fi
\ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
\endgroup}
% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
%
\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
%
% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
% be referable.
%
% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
%
% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
% chapter-level command.
\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
%
\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
\let\thiscaption=\empty
\let\thisshortcaption=\empty
%
% don't lose footnotes inside @float.
%
% BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
% insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
%
\startsavinginserts
%
% We can't be used inside a paragraph.
\par
%
\vtop\bgroup
\def\floattype{#1}%
\def\floatlabel{#2}%
\def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
%
\ifx\floattype\empty
\let\safefloattype=\empty
\else
{%
% the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
% but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
}%
\fi
%
% If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
% We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
% Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
%
\expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
\global\advance\floatno by 1
%
{%
% This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
% XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
% node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
% lists of floats.
%
\edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
}%
\fi
%
% start with \parskip glue, I guess.
\vskip\parskip
%
% Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
\restorefirstparagraphindent
}
% we have these possibilities:
% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
% @float & no caption:
%
\def\Efloat{%
\let\floatident = \empty
%
% In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
\ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
%
% If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
\ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
\appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
\fi
% the number.
\appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
\fi
%
% Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
% \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
\let\captionline = \floatident
%
\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
\ifx\floatident\empty \else
\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
\fi
%
% caption text.
\appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
\fi
%
% If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
% Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
\ifx\captionline\empty \else
\vskip.5\parskip
\captionline
%
% Space below caption.
\vskip\parskip
\fi
%
% If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
% after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
\ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
% Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
% \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
{%
\requireauxfile
\atdummies
%
\ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
\def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
\else
\def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
\fi
\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
\ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
}%
\fi
\egroup % end of \vtop
%
\checkinserts
}
% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
%
\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
}
% @caption, @shortcaption
%
\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
\def\getfloatno#1{%
\ifx#1\relax
% Haven't seen this figure type before.
\csname newcount\endcsname #1%
%
% Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
\expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
\fi
\let\floatno#1%
}
% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
% first read the @float command.
%
\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
% distinguish floats from other xref types.
\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
%
\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
%
% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
%
\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\def\iffloattype{#2}%
\ifx\temp\floatmagic
}
% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
%
\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
\def\floattype{#1}% floattype
{%
% the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
% but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
\xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
}%
%
% \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
\expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
\ifhavexrefs
% if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
\message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
\fi
\else
\begingroup
\leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
\let\do=\listoffloatsdo
\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
\endgroup
\fi
}
% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
%
% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
% they won't appear in the aux file).
%
\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
% Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
% pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
% page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
% in pdf output.
\toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
%
% use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
\edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
\writeentry
}}
\message{localization,}
% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
%
{
\catcode`\_ = \active
\globaldefs=1
\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
% Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
\let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
\ifeof 1
\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
\else
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
\input txi-#1.tex
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup % end raw TeX
}
%
% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
% try txi-de.tex.
%
\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
\ifeof 1
\errhelp = \nolanghelp
\errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
\else
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
\input txi-#1.tex
\fi
\closein 1
}
}% end of special _ catcode
%
\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
%
% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
%
% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
% accented characters problem.)
%
\catcode`@=11
\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
% do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
\expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
\message{no patterns for #1}%
\else
\global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
\fi
% but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
\global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
\global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
}
% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
%
\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
\txinativeunicodecapablefalse
\txiusebytewiseiotrue
\else
\txinativeunicodecapabletrue
\txiusebytewiseiofalse
\fi
\else
\txinativeunicodecapabletrue
\txiusebytewiseiofalse
\fi
% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
%
\def\setbytewiseio{%
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
\XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
\XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
% Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
% output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
% The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
% place of non-ASCII characters.
\fi
\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
\else
\directlua{
local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
local function convert_char (char)
return utf8_char(byte(char))
end
local function convert_line (line)
return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
end
callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
local function convert_line_out (line)
local line_out = ""
for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
end
return line_out
end
callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
}
\fi
\txiusebytewiseiotrue
}
% Helpers for encodings.
% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
%
\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
\count255=128
\loop\ifnum\count255<256
\global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
\advance\count255 by 1
\repeat
}
\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
\count255=128
\loop\ifnum\count255<256
\catcode\count255=#1\relax
\advance\count255 by 1
\repeat
}
% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
% according to the specified encoding.
%
\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
%
% Encoding being declared for the document.
\def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
%
% Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
% to compare them with \ifx.
\def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
\def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
\def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
\def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
\def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
%
\ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
\asciichardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\setbytewiseio
\fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\lattwochardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\setbytewiseio
\fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latonechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\setbytewiseio
\fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latninechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
\nativeunicodechardefs
\else
% For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
% since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
% (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
% definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is
% sufficient.
\fi
%
\else
\message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
%
\fi % utfeight
\fi % latnine
\fi % latone
\fi % lattwo
\fi % ascii
%
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
\else
\ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
\else
\message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
}
% emacs-page
% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
% the default font encoding (OT1).
%
\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
% macros containing the character definitions.
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
%
\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
\gdef#1{%
\ifpassthroughchars
\string#1%
\else
#2%
\fi
}}
% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
\def\latonechardefs{%
\gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
\gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
\gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
\gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
\gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
\gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
\gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
\gdefchar^^a7{\S}
\gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
\gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
\gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
\gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
\gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
\gdefchar^^ad{\-}
\gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
\gdefchar^^af{\={}}
%
\gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
\gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
\gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
\gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
\gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
\gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
\gdefchar^^b6{\P}
\gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
\gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
\gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
\gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
\gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
\gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
\gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
\gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
\gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
%
\gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
\gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
\gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
\gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
\gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
\gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
\gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
\gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
\gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
\gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
\gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
\gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
\gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
\gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
\gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
\gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
%
\gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
\gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
\gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
\gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
\gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
\gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
\gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
\gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
\gdefchar^^d8{\O}
\gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
\gdefchar^^da{\'U}
\gdefchar^^db{\^U}
\gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
\gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
\gdefchar^^de{\TH}
\gdefchar^^df{\ss}
%
\gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
\gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
\gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
\gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
\gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
\gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
\gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
\gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
\gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
\gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
\gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
\gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
\gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
\gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
\gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
\gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
%
\gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
\gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
\gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
\gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
\gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
\gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
\gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
\gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
\gdefchar^^f8{\o}
\gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
\gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
\gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
\gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
\gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
\gdefchar^^fe{\th}
\gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
}
% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
\def\latninechardefs{%
% Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
\latonechardefs
%
\gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
\gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
\gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
\gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
\gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
\gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
\gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
\gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
}
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
\def\lattwochardefs{%
\gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
\gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
\gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
\gdefchar^^a3{\L}
\gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
\gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
\gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
\gdefchar^^a7{\S}
\gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
\gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
\gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
\gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
\gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
\gdefchar^^ad{\-}
\gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
\gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
%
\gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
\gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
\gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
\gdefchar^^b3{\l}
\gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
\gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
\gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
\gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
\gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
\gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
\gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
\gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
\gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
\gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
\gdefchar^^be{\v z}
\gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
%
\gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
\gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
\gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
\gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
\gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
\gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
\gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
\gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
\gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
\gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
\gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
\gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
\gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
\gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
\gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
\gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
%
\gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
\gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
\gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
\gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
\gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
\gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
\gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
\gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
\gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
\gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
\gdefchar^^da{\'U}
\gdefchar^^db{\H U}
\gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
\gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
\gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
\gdefchar^^df{\ss}
%
\gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
\gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
\gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
\gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
\gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
\gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
\gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
\gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
\gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
\gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
\gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
\gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
\gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
\gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
\gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
\gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
%
\gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
\gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
\gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
\gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
\gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
\gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
\gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
\gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
\gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
\gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
\gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
\gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
\gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
\gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
\gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
\gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
}
% UTF-8 character definitions.
%
% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
%
\newcount\countUTFx
\newcount\countUTFy
\newcount\countUTFz
\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
%
\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
%
\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
\UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
\ifx #1\relax
\message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
\else
\expandafter #1%
\fi
}
% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
\begingroup
\catcode`\~13
\catcode`\$12
\catcode`\"12
% Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
% substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
\def\UTFviiiLoop{%
\global\catcode\countUTFx\active
\uccode`\~\countUTFx
\uccode`\$\countUTFx
\uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
\advance\countUTFx by 1
\ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
\expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
\fi}
% For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
% be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
\countUTFx = "80
\countUTFy = "C2
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "C2
\countUTFy = "E0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $%
\else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "E0
\countUTFy = "F0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $%
\else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "F0
\countUTFy = "F4
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
\gdef~{%
\ifpassthroughchars $%
\else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\endgroup
\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
\def\U#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
% All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
% active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
% letters are missing.
\begingroup
\uccode`\.="#1\relax
\uppercase{.}
\endgroup
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
\fi
\else
\csname uni:#1\endcsname
\fi
}
% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
% sequence to be defined.
\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
% this gets used by the @U command
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\"=12
\catcode`\<=12
\catcode`\.=12
\catcode`\,=12
\catcode`\;=12
\catcode`\!=12
\catcode`\~=13
\gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
\countUTFz = "#1\relax
\begingroup
\parseXMLCharref
% Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
% expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
%
% 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
% 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
% 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
%
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
%
\expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
\message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
\fi
%
% define an additional control sequence for this code point.
\expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
\endgroup}
%
% Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
% to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
\gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
\ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
\else
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiA!%
\parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
% Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
% It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
% Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
% of the bytes.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
\countUTFx = \countUTFz
\divide\countUTFz by 64
\countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
\multiply\countUTFz by 64
% \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
% in order to get the last five bits.
\advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
% Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
\advance\countUTFx by 128
\uccode `#1\countUTFx
\countUTFz = \countUTFy}
% Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
% #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
% sequence.
% #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
% #3 is always a full stop (.)
% #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
% bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
\advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
\uccode `#3\countUTFz
\uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
\endgroup
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
%
\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
\catcode"#1=\other
}
% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
%
% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
%
\def\unicodechardefs{%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
%
% Greek letters upper case
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
%\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
%
% Vowels with accents
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
%
% Standalone accent
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
%
% Greek letters lower case
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
%
% More Greek vowels with accents
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
%
% Variant Greek letters
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
%
% Punctuation
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
%
% Mathematical symbols
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
%
\global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
}% end of \unicodechardefs
% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
\def\utfeightchardefs{%
\let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
\unicodechardefs
}
% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
% printing the correct glyphs.
\newif\ifpassthroughchars
\passthroughcharsfalse
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
%
\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
\catcode"#1=\active
\def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
\begingroup
\uccode`\~="##2\relax
\uppercase{\gdef~}{%
\ifpassthroughchars
##1%
\else
##3%
\fi
}
\endgroup
}
\begingroup
\uccode`\.="#1\relax
\uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
\expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
\endgroup
}
% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
\let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
\unicodechardefs
}
% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
% make the character token expand
% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
\def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
\expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
}
% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
\let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
\unicodechardefs
}
% US-ASCII character definitions.
\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
\relax
}
% define all Unicode characters we know about, for the sake of @U.
\iftxinativeunicodecapable
\nativeunicodechardefsatu
\else
\utfeightchardefs
\fi
% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
% document encoding.
%
\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
\message{formatting,}
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
\vbadness = 10000
% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
\hbadness = 6666
% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
\widowpenalty=10000
\clubpenalty=10000
% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
%
\def\setemergencystretch{%
\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
% Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
\def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
\else
\emergencystretch = .15\hsize
\fi
}
% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
%
% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
%
\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
\voffset = #3\relax
\topskip = #6\relax
\splittopskip = \topskip
%
\vsize = #1\relax
\advance\vsize by \topskip
\outervsize = \vsize
\advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
\txipageheight = \vsize
%
\hsize = #2\relax
\outerhsize = \hsize
\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
\txipagewidth = \hsize
%
\normaloffset = #4\relax
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
%
\ifpdf
\pdfpageheight #7\relax
\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
% if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
% whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
\pdfhorigin = 1 true in
\pdfvorigin = 1 true in
\else
\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
\special{papersize=#8,#7}%
\else
\pdfpageheight #7\relax
\pdfpagewidth #8\relax
% XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
\fi
\fi
%
\setleading{\textleading}
%
\parindent = \defaultparindent
\setemergencystretch
}
% @letterpaper (the default).
\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
\textleading = 13.2pt
%
% If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
\internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
{\voffset}{.25in}%
{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
{11in}{8.5in}%
}}
% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
\textleading = 12pt
%
\internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
{-.2in}{0in}%
{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
{9.25in}{7in}%
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
\tolerance = 700
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .5cm
}}
% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
\textleading = 12pt
%
\internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
{-.2in}{-.4in}%
{0pt}{14pt}%
{9in}{6in}%
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.25in
\tolerance = 700
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .4cm
}}
% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
\textleading = 13.2pt
%
% Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
% prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
% To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
% \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
% do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
% your texinfo source file like this:
% @tex
% \global\normaloffset = -6mm
% \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
% @end tex
\internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
{297mm}{210mm}%
%
\tolerance = 700
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 5mm
}}
% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
\parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
\textleading = 12.5pt
%
\internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
{\voffset}{\hoffset}%
{\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
{210mm}{148mm}%
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.2in
\tolerance = 800
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 2mm
\tableindent = 12mm
}}
% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
\afourpaper
\internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
{\voffset}{4.6mm}%
{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
{297mm}{210mm}%
%
% Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
\globaldefs = 0
}}
% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
\afourpaper
\internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
{\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
{297mm}{210mm}%
\globaldefs = 0
}}
% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
%
\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
\globaldefs = 1
%
\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
\setleading{\textleading}%
%
\dimen0 = #1\relax
\advance\dimen0 by \voffset
\advance\dimen0 by 1in % reference point for DVI is 1 inch from top of page
%
\dimen2 = \hsize
\advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
\advance\dimen2 by 1in % reference point is 1 inch from left edge of page
%
\internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
{\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
{\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
}}
% Set default to letter.
%
\letterpaper
% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
\hfuzz = 1pt
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
\catcode`\^^? = 14
% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
%
% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
%
\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
% this is not a problem.
\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
%
\catcode`\"=\active
\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
\let"=\activedoublequote
\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
\chardef\hatchar=`\^
\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
\let\realunder=_
\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
\chardef \less=`\<
\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
\chardef \gtr=`\>
\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
\def\texinfochars{%
\let< = \activeless
\let> = \activegtr
\let~ = \activetilde
\let^ = \activehat
\markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault
\let\b = \strong
\let\i = \smartitalic
% in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
}
% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
% parsing them.
\def\turnoffactive{%
\normalturnoffactive
\otherbackslash
}
\catcode`\@=0
% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
% as in \char`\\.
\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
% in fixed width font.
\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these.
@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
% the literal character `\'.
%
{@catcode`- = @active
@gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
@passthroughcharstrue
@let-=@normaldash
@let"=@normaldoublequote
@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
@let+=@normalplus
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
@let^=@normalcaret
@let_=@normalunderscore
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let~=@normaltilde
@let\=@ttbackslash
@markupsetuplqdefault
@markupsetuprqdefault
@unsepspaces
}
}
% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
%
% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
% a backslash.
% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
{
@catcode`@^=7
@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
@global@let\ = @eatinput%
@catcode`@^^M=13%
@def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
% Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
@def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
% Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
@gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
% In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
@let@originalparsearg@parsearg
@def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg}
}}
{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
% appears by mistake.
{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
@gdef^^M{%
@par%
%@par%
}}}
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
@catcode13=5 % regular end of line
@enableemergencynewline
@let@c=@texinfoc
@let@parsearg@originalparsearg
% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
@catcode`+=@active
@catcode`@_=@active
%
% If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
% Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
% called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf
% directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
% file for Texinfo.
%
@openin 1 texinfo.cnf
@ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
@closein 1
}
% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
@escapechar = `@@
% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need
% active definitions as the normal characters.
@def@normaldot{.}
@def@normalquest{?}
@def@normalslash{/}
% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
@let @hashchar = @normalhash
@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
@catcode`@'=@active
@catcode`@`=@active
@markupsetuplqdefault
@markupsetuprqdefault
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@c End:
@c vim:sw=2:
@enablebackslashhack
binfmt-support-2.2.0/config.h.in 0000664 0001750 0001750 00000075570 13422421136 013466 0000000 0000000 /* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
/* Define to the number of bits in type 'ptrdiff_t'. */
#undef BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T
/* Define to the number of bits in type 'sig_atomic_t'. */
#undef BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T
/* Define to the number of bits in type 'size_t'. */
#undef BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T
/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wchar_t'. */
#undef BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T
/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wint_t'. */
#undef BITSIZEOF_WINT_T
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
'double'. */
#undef DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'double'. */
#undef DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD
/* Define to 1 if // is a file system root distinct from /. */
#undef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
/* Define to 1 if realpath() can malloc memory, always gives an absolute path,
and handles trailing slash correctly. */
#undef FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS
/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
whether the gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl shall be considered present. */
#undef GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_LGPL
/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
whether the gnulib module fscanf shall be considered present. */
#undef GNULIB_FSCANF
/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
whether the gnulib module malloc-gnu shall be considered present. */
#undef GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU
/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
whether the gnulib module msvc-nothrow shall be considered present. */
#undef GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
/* Define to 1 if printf and friends should be labeled with attribute
"__gnu_printf__" instead of "__printf__" */
#undef GNULIB_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE_FLAVOR_GNU
/* Define to 1 to add extern declaration of program_invocation_name to argp.h
*/
#undef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
/* Define to 1 to add extern declaration of program_invocation_short_name to
argp.h */
#undef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
whether the gnulib module scanf shall be considered present. */
#undef GNULIB_SCANF
/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
whether the gnulib module strerror shall be considered present. */
#undef GNULIB_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module canonicalize_file_name should be tested.
*/
#undef GNULIB_TEST_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module chdir should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_CHDIR
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getdelim should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETDELIM
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getline should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_GETLINE
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lstat should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_LSTAT
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module malloc-posix should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_MALLOC_POSIX
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module memchr should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_MEMCHR
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mempcpy should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_MEMPCPY
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rawmemchr should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_RAWMEMCHR
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readlink should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_READLINK
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module realpath should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_REALPATH
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rename should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_RENAME
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rmdir should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_RMDIR
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sleep should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_SLEEP
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module stat should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_STAT
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strchrnul should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRCHRNUL
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strerror should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strndup should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRNDUP
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strnlen should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_STRNLEN
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vasprintf should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_VASPRINTF
/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vsnprintf should be tested. */
#undef GNULIB_TEST_VSNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have 'alloca' after including , a header that
may be supplied by this distribution. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_BP_SYM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `canonicalize_file_name' function. */
#undef HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_CRTDEFS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `clearerr_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ferror_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fflush_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputc_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputs_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fread_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fwrite_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getdelim', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getline', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETLINE
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_name', and
to 0 if you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_short_name',
and to 0 if you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sleep', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_SLEEP
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strncasecmp', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strndup', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `vsnprintf', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snprintf', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `__argv', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL___ARGV
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_FEATURES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `flockfile' function. */
#undef HAVE_FLOCKFILE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `funlockfile' function. */
#undef HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdelim' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETDELIM
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getexecname' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEXECNAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_GETOPT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long_only' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG_ONLY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getprogname' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPROGNAME
/* Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in or . */
#undef HAVE_INTMAX_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and
declares uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_LINEWRAP_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `link' function. */
#undef HAVE_LINK
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'long long int'. */
#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */
#undef HAVE_LSTAT
/* Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible 'malloc' function, and
to 0 otherwise. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_GNU
/* Define if the 'malloc' function is POSIX compliant. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
/* Define to 1 if mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag is available after including
config.h and . */
#undef HAVE_MAP_ANONYMOUS
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrtowc' function. */
#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mprotect' function. */
#undef HAVE_MPROTECT
/* Define to 1 on MSVC platforms that have the "invalid parameter handler"
concept. */
#undef HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
/* Define if program_invocation_name is defined */
#undef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
/* Define if program_invocation_short_name is defined */
#undef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the `rawmemchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_RAWMEMCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlink' function. */
#undef HAVE_READLINK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
#undef HAVE_REALPATH
/* Define to 1 if 'sig_atomic_t' is a signed integer type. */
#undef HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T
/* Define to 1 if 'wchar_t' is a signed integer type. */
#undef HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T
/* Define to 1 if 'wint_t' is a signed integer type. */
#undef HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sleep' function. */
#undef HAVE_SLEEP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
/* Define if the return value of the snprintf function is the number of of
bytes (excluding the terminating NUL) that would have been produced if the
buffer had been large enough. */
#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and declares
uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchrnul' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHRNUL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimensec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimespec.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.st__tim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_TV_NSEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_birthtimensec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMENSEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_birthtimespec.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
/* Define to 1 if `st_birthtim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BIRTHTIM_TV_NSEC
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYSEXITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'unsigned long long int'. */
#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
/* Define if you have a global __progname variable */
#undef HAVE_VAR___PROGNAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasnprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VASNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VASPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
/* Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type. */
#undef HAVE_WCHAR_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcrtomb' function. */
#undef HAVE_WCRTOMB
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcslen' function. */
#undef HAVE_WCSLEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcsnlen' function. */
#undef HAVE_WCSNLEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */
#undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
/* Define if you have the 'wint_t' type. */
#undef HAVE_WINT_T
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */
#undef HAVE__BOOL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `_set_invalid_parameter_handler' function. */
#undef HAVE__SET_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
/* Define to 1 if the compiler supports __builtin_expect,
and to 2 if does. */
#undef HAVE___BUILTIN_EXPECT
#ifndef HAVE___BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(e, c) (e)
#elif HAVE___BUILTIN_EXPECT == 2
# include
#endif
/* Define to 1 if 'lstat' dereferences a symlink specified with a trailing
slash. */
#undef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
/* If malloc(0) is != NULL, define this to 1. Otherwise define this to 0. */
#undef MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
/* Define to a substitute value for mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag. */
#undef MAP_ANONYMOUS
/* Use GNU style printf and scanf. */
#ifndef __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO
# undef __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO
#endif
/* Name of package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_URL
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
'ptrdiff_t'. */
#undef PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX
/* Define to 1 if readlink fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
#undef READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
/* Define if rename does not work when the destination file exists, as on
Cygwin 1.5 or Windows. */
#undef RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
/* Define if rename fails to leave hard links alone, as on NetBSD 1.6 or
Cygwin 1.5. */
#undef RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG
/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the destination
argument, such as on Solaris 11 or NetBSD 1.6. */
#undef RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_DEST_BUG
/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the source argument,
such as on Solaris 9 or cygwin 1.5. */
#undef RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG
/* Define to 1 if stat needs help when passed a file name with a trailing
slash */
#undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
/* Define to 1 if strerror(0) does not return a message implying success. */
#undef REPLACE_STRERROR_0
/* Define if vasnprintf exists but is overridden by gnulib. */
#undef REPLACE_VASNPRINTF
/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
'sig_atomic_t'. */
#undef SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX
/* Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define
it. */
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# undef SIZE_MAX
#endif
/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
'size_t'. */
#undef SIZE_T_SUFFIX
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at runtime.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in do not work properly. */
#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
#undef STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
/* Define to 1 if the type of the st_atim member of a struct stat is struct
timespec. */
#undef TYPEOF_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_IS_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on macOS. */
#ifndef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
# undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable NetBSD extensions on NetBSD. */
#ifndef _NETBSD_SOURCE
# undef _NETBSD_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable OpenBSD extensions on NetBSD. */
#ifndef _OPENBSD_SOURCE
# undef _OPENBSD_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
#endif
/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-5:2014. */
#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_ATTRIBS_EXT__
# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_ATTRIBS_EXT__
#endif
/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014. */
#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
#endif
/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-2:2015. */
#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_DFP_EXT__
# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_DFP_EXT__
#endif
/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-4:2015. */
#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__
# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__
#endif
/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015. */
#ifndef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__
# undef __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__
#endif
/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TR 24731-2:2010. */
#ifndef __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__
# undef __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__
#endif
/* Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC 24747:2009. */
#ifndef __STDC_WANT_MATH_SPEC_FUNCS__
# undef __STDC_WANT_MATH_SPEC_FUNCS__
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable X/Open extensions if necessary. HP-UX 11.11 defines
mbstate_t only if _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500, regardless of
whether compiling with -Ae or -D_HPUX_SOURCE=1. */
#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE
# undef _XOPEN_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable X/Open compliant socket functions that do not require linking
with -lxnet on HP-UX 11.11. */
#ifndef _HPUX_ALT_XOPEN_SOCKET_API
# undef _HPUX_ALT_XOPEN_SOCKET_API
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# undef __EXTENSIONS__
#endif
/* Version number of package */
#undef VERSION
/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
'wchar_t'. */
#undef WCHAR_T_SUFFIX
/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
'wint_t'. */
#undef WINT_T_SUFFIX
/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
# endif
#else
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# endif
#endif
/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5. */
#undef _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
#undef _LARGE_FILES
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to 1 to make NetBSD features available. MINIX 3 needs this. */
#undef _NETBSD_SOURCE
/* The _Noreturn keyword of C11. */
#ifndef _Noreturn
# if 201103 <= (defined __cplusplus ? __cplusplus : 0)
# define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
# elif (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
|| 4 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
/* _Noreturn works as-is. */
# elif 2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for 'stat' and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* For standard stat data types on VMS. */
#undef _USE_STD_STAT
/* Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be
used. */
#undef __GETOPT_PREFIX
/* Define to 1 if the system predates C++11. */
#undef __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
/* Define to 1 if the system predates C++11. */
#undef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Please see the Gnulib manual for how to use these macros.
Suppress extern inline with HP-UX cc, as it appears to be broken; see
.
Suppress extern inline with Sun C in standards-conformance mode, as it
mishandles inline functions that call each other. E.g., for 'inline void f
(void) { } inline void g (void) { f (); }', c99 incorrectly complains
'reference to static identifier "f" in extern inline function'.
This bug was observed with Sun C 5.12 SunOS_i386 2011/11/16.
Suppress extern inline (with or without __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)))
on configurations that mistakenly use 'static inline' to implement
functions or macros in standard C headers like . For example,
if isdigit is mistakenly implemented via a static inline function,
a program containing an extern inline function that calls isdigit
may not work since the C standard prohibits extern inline functions
from calling static functions (ISO C 99 section 6.7.4.(3).
This bug is known to occur on:
OS X 10.8 and earlier; see:
https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html
DragonFly; see
http://muscles.dragonflybsd.org/bulk/bleeding-edge-potential/latest-per-pkg/ah-tty-0.3.12.log
FreeBSD; see:
https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2014-07/msg00104.html
OS X 10.9 has a macro __header_inline indicating the bug is fixed for C and
for clang but remains for g++; see .
Assume DragonFly and FreeBSD will be similar.
GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.
*/
#if (((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) \
|| defined __DragonFly__ || defined __FreeBSD__) \
&& (defined __header_inline \
? (defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
&& ! defined __clang__) \
: ((! defined _DONT_USE_CTYPE_INLINE_ \
&& (defined __GNUC__ || defined __cplusplus)) \
|| (defined _FORTIFY_SOURCE && 0 < _FORTIFY_SOURCE \
&& defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __cplusplus))))
# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_STDHEADER_BUG
#endif
#if ((__GNUC__ \
? defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
: (199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
&& !defined __HP_cc \
&& !defined __PGI \
&& !(defined __SUNPRO_C && __STDC__))) \
&& !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_STDHEADER_BUG)
# define _GL_INLINE inline
# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern inline
# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
#elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
&& !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_STDHEADER_BUG)
# if defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ && __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
/* __gnu_inline__ suppresses a GCC 4.2 diagnostic. */
# define _GL_INLINE extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define _GL_INLINE extern inline
# endif
# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern
# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
#else
# define _GL_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
#endif
/* In GCC 4.6 (inclusive) to 5.1 (exclusive),
suppress bogus "no previous prototype for 'FOO'"
and "no previous declaration for 'FOO'" diagnostics,
when FOO is an inline function in the header; see
and
. */
#if __GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
# else
# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wsuggest-attribute=const\"")
# endif
# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-prototypes\"") \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-declarations\"") \
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
#else
# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif
/* A replacement for va_copy, if needed. */
#define gl_va_copy(a,b) ((a) = (b))
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
#undef inline
#endif
/* Define to long or long long if and don't define. */
#undef intmax_t
/* Work around a bug in Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5465: In C99 mode, it supports
the ISO C 99 semantics of 'extern inline' (unlike the GNU C semantics of
earlier versions), but does not display it by setting __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__.
__APPLE__ && __MACH__ test for Mac OS X.
__APPLE_CC__ tests for the Apple compiler and its version.
__STDC_VERSION__ tests for the C99 mode. */
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __APPLE_CC__ >= 5465 && !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ 1
#endif
/* Define to `int' if does not define. */
#undef mode_t
/* Define to the type of st_nlink in struct stat, or a supertype. */
#undef nlink_t
/* Define to `int' if does not define. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system
doesn't define it. */
#undef ptrdiff_t
/* Define to the equivalent of the C99 'restrict' keyword, or to
nothing if this is not supported. Do not define if restrict is
supported directly. */
#undef restrict
/* Work around a bug in Sun C++: it does not support _Restrict or
__restrict__, even though the corresponding Sun C compiler ends up with
"#define restrict _Restrict" or "#define restrict __restrict__" in the
previous line. Perhaps some future version of Sun C++ will work with
restrict; if so, hopefully it defines __RESTRICT like Sun C does. */
#if defined __SUNPRO_CC && !defined __RESTRICT
# define _Restrict
# define __restrict__
#endif
/* Define to `unsigned int' if does not define. */
#undef size_t
/* Define as a signed type of the same size as size_t. */
#undef ssize_t
/* Define as a marker that can be attached to declarations that might not
be used. This helps to reduce warnings, such as from
GCC -Wunused-parameter. */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#else
# define _GL_UNUSED
#endif
/* The name _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ is an earlier spelling, although the name
is a misnomer outside of parameter lists. */
#define _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ _GL_UNUSED
/* gcc supports the "unused" attribute on possibly unused labels, and
g++ has since version 4.5. Note to support C++ as well as C,
_GL_UNUSED_LABEL should be used with a trailing ; */
#if !defined __cplusplus || __GNUC__ > 4 \
|| (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5)
# define _GL_UNUSED_LABEL _GL_UNUSED
#else
# define _GL_UNUSED_LABEL
#endif
/* The __pure__ attribute was added in gcc 2.96. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
#endif
/* The __const__ attribute was added in gcc 2.95. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST /* empty */
#endif
/* The __malloc__ attribute was added in gcc 3. */
#if 3 <= __GNUC__
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /* empty */
#endif
/* Define as a macro for copying va_list variables. */
#undef va_copy
binfmt-support-2.2.0/configure 0000775 0001750 0001750 00001765433 13422421135 013356 0000000 0000000 #! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for binfmt-support 2.2.0.
#
# Report bugs to .
#
#
# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## -------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## -------------------- ##
# Be more Bourne compatible
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
*posix*) :
set -o posix ;; #(
*) :
;;
esac
fi
as_nl='
'
export as_nl
# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
&& (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
as_echo='print -r --'
as_echo_n='print -rn --'
elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
as_echo='printf %s\n'
as_echo_n='printf %s'
else
if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
else
as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
as_echo_n_body='eval
arg=$1;
case $arg in #(
*"$as_nl"*)
expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
esac;
expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
'
export as_echo_n_body
as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
fi
export as_echo_body
as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
fi
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
(PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
(PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
}
fi
# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
IFS=" "" $as_nl"
# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
as_myself=
case $0 in #((
*[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
*) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
done
IFS=$as_save_IFS
;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
$as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
exit 1
fi
# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could
# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
&& ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
done
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '
# NLS nuisances.
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LANGUAGE=C
export LANGUAGE
# CDPATH.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
# into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
_as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
# We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
BASH_ENV=/dev/null
ENV=/dev/null
(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
case $- in # ((((
*v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
*v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
*x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
* ) as_opts= ;;
esac
exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
# out after a failed `exec'.
$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
as_fn_exit 255
fi
# We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
{ _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
*posix*) :
set -o posix ;; #(
*) :
;;
esac
fi
"
as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
exitcode=0
as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
else
exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
fi
test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
test -x / || exit 1"
as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
as_have_required=yes
else
as_have_required=no
fi
if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
as_found=false
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
as_found=:
case $as_dir in #(
/*)
for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
# Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
{ $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
break 2
fi
fi
done;;
esac
as_found=false
done
$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
{ $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
fi; }
IFS=$as_save_IFS
if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
export CONFIG_SHELL
# We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
BASH_ENV=/dev/null
ENV=/dev/null
(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
case $- in # ((((
*v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
*v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
*x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
* ) as_opts= ;;
esac
exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
# out after a failed `exec'.
$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
exit 255
fi
if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
$as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
$as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
$as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
$as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
else
$as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and
$0: cjwatson@debian.org about your system, including any
$0: error possibly output before this message. Then install
$0: a modern shell, or manually run the script under such a
$0: shell if you do have one."
fi
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
export SHELL
# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
## --------------------- ##
# as_fn_unset VAR
# ---------------
# Portably unset VAR.
as_fn_unset ()
{
{ eval $1=; unset $1;}
}
as_unset=as_fn_unset
# as_fn_set_status STATUS
# -----------------------
# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
as_fn_set_status ()
{
return $1
} # as_fn_set_status
# as_fn_exit STATUS
# -----------------
# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
as_fn_exit ()
{
set +e
as_fn_set_status $1
exit $1
} # as_fn_exit
# as_fn_mkdir_p
# -------------
# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
as_fn_mkdir_p ()
{
case $as_dir in #(
-*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
esac
test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
as_dirs=
while :; do
case $as_dir in #(
*\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
*) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
esac
as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\).*/{
s//\1/
q
}
s/.*/./; q'`
test -d "$as_dir" && break
done
test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
} || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
} # as_fn_mkdir_p
# as_fn_executable_p FILE
# -----------------------
# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
as_fn_executable_p ()
{
test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
} # as_fn_executable_p
# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
# ----------------------
# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
# implementations.
if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
eval 'as_fn_append ()
{
eval $1+=\$2
}'
else
as_fn_append ()
{
eval $1=\$$1\$2
}
fi # as_fn_append
# as_fn_arith ARG...
# ------------------
# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
eval 'as_fn_arith ()
{
as_val=$(( $* ))
}'
else
as_fn_arith ()
{
as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
}
fi # as_fn_arith
# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
# ----------------------------------------
# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
as_fn_error ()
{
as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
if test "$4"; then
as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
fi
$as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
as_fn_exit $as_status
} # as_fn_error
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
as_basename=basename
else
as_basename=false
fi
if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_dirname=dirname
else
as_dirname=false
fi
as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
$as_echo X/"$0" |
sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\/\(\/\).*/{
s//\1/
q
}
s/.*/./; q'`
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
# Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-)
sed -n '
p
/[$]LINENO/=
' <$as_myself |
sed '
s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
t lineno
b
:lineno
N
:loop
s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
t loop
s/-\n.*//
' >$as_me.lineno &&
chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
{ $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
# If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
# already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
# in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice.
_as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
# Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
# (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
# original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
. "./$as_me.lineno"
# Exit status is that of the last command.
exit
}
ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
case `echo -n x` in #(((((
-n*)
case `echo 'xy\c'` in
*c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character.
xy) ECHO_C='\c';;
*) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
ECHO_T=' ';;
esac;;
*)
ECHO_N='-n';;
esac
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if test -d conf$$.dir; then
rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
else
rm -f conf$$.dir
mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
fi
if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s='ln -s'
# ... but there are two gotchas:
# 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
# 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
# In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
as_ln_s='cp -pR'
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s=ln
else
as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
else
as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
else
test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
as_mkdir_p=false
fi
as_test_x='test -x'
as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1
# Name of the host.
# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
# so uname gets run too.
ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
#
# Initializations.
#
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
ac_clean_files=
ac_config_libobj_dir=.
LIBOBJS=
cross_compiling=no
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='binfmt-support'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='binfmt-support'
PACKAGE_VERSION='2.2.0'
PACKAGE_STRING='binfmt-support 2.2.0'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='cjwatson@debian.org'
PACKAGE_URL=''
ac_unique_file="src/update-binfmts.c"
# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
# include
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include
# include
#else
# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
# include
# endif
# include
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
# include
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include
#endif"
ac_func_list=
ac_header_list=
gl_getopt_required=POSIX
ac_subst_vars='gltests_LTLIBOBJS
gltests_LIBOBJS
gl_LTLIBOBJS
gl_LIBOBJS
am__EXEEXT_FALSE
am__EXEEXT_TRUE
LTLIBOBJS
LIBOBJS
procdir
importdir
admindir
CROSS_COMPILING_FALSE
CROSS_COMPILING_TRUE
HAVE_SYSTEMD_FALSE
HAVE_SYSTEMD_TRUE
systemdsystemunitdir
INSTALL_SYSTEMD_FALSE
INSTALL_SYSTEMD_TRUE
INSTALL_UPSTART_FALSE
INSTALL_UPSTART_TRUE
INSTALL_OPENRC_FALSE
INSTALL_OPENRC_TRUE
INSTALL_SYSVINIT_FALSE
INSTALL_SYSVINIT_TRUE
libpipeline_LIBS
libpipeline_CFLAGS
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
PKG_CONFIG_PATH
PKG_CONFIG
LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS
LIBGNU_LIBDEPS
gltests_WITNESS
HAVE_CRTDEFS_H
HAVE_WINT_T
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_WCHAR_H
NEXT_WCHAR_H
REPLACE_WCSFTIME
REPLACE_WCSWIDTH
REPLACE_WCWIDTH
REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS
REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS
REPLACE_WCRTOMB
REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS
REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS
REPLACE_MBRLEN
REPLACE_MBRTOWC
REPLACE_MBSINIT
REPLACE_WCTOB
REPLACE_BTOWC
REPLACE_MBSTATE_T
HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
HAVE_DECL_WCTOB
HAVE_WCSFTIME
HAVE_WCSWIDTH
HAVE_WCSTOK
HAVE_WCSSTR
HAVE_WCSPBRK
HAVE_WCSSPN
HAVE_WCSCSPN
HAVE_WCSRCHR
HAVE_WCSCHR
HAVE_WCSDUP
HAVE_WCSXFRM
HAVE_WCSCOLL
HAVE_WCSNCASECMP
HAVE_WCSCASECMP
HAVE_WCSNCMP
HAVE_WCSCMP
HAVE_WCSNCAT
HAVE_WCSCAT
HAVE_WCPNCPY
HAVE_WCSNCPY
HAVE_WCPCPY
HAVE_WCSCPY
HAVE_WCSNLEN
HAVE_WCSLEN
HAVE_WMEMSET
HAVE_WMEMMOVE
HAVE_WMEMCPY
HAVE_WMEMCMP
HAVE_WMEMCHR
HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS
HAVE_WCSRTOMBS
HAVE_WCRTOMB
HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS
HAVE_MBSRTOWCS
HAVE_MBRLEN
HAVE_MBRTOWC
HAVE_MBSINIT
HAVE_BTOWC
GNULIB_WCSFTIME
GNULIB_WCSWIDTH
GNULIB_WCSTOK
GNULIB_WCSSTR
GNULIB_WCSPBRK
GNULIB_WCSSPN
GNULIB_WCSCSPN
GNULIB_WCSRCHR
GNULIB_WCSCHR
GNULIB_WCSDUP
GNULIB_WCSXFRM
GNULIB_WCSCOLL
GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP
GNULIB_WCSCASECMP
GNULIB_WCSNCMP
GNULIB_WCSCMP
GNULIB_WCSNCAT
GNULIB_WCSCAT
GNULIB_WCPNCPY
GNULIB_WCSNCPY
GNULIB_WCPCPY
GNULIB_WCSCPY
GNULIB_WCSNLEN
GNULIB_WCSLEN
GNULIB_WMEMSET
GNULIB_WMEMMOVE
GNULIB_WMEMCPY
GNULIB_WMEMCMP
GNULIB_WMEMCHR
GNULIB_WCWIDTH
GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS
GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS
GNULIB_WCRTOMB
GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS
GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS
GNULIB_MBRLEN
GNULIB_MBRTOWC
GNULIB_MBSINIT
GNULIB_WCTOB
GNULIB_BTOWC
HAVE_FEATURES_H
HAVE_UNISTD_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_UNISTD_H
NEXT_UNISTD_H
UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_TIME_H
NEXT_TIME_H
REPLACE_LOCALTIME
REPLACE_GMTIME
GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY
REPLACE_TZSET
REPLACE_TIMEGM
REPLACE_STRFTIME
REPLACE_NANOSLEEP
REPLACE_MKTIME
REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R
REPLACE_CTIME
HAVE_TIMEZONE_T
HAVE_TZSET
HAVE_TIMEGM
HAVE_STRPTIME
HAVE_NANOSLEEP
HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R
GNULIB_TZSET
GNULIB_TIME_RZ
GNULIB_TIME_R
GNULIB_TIMEGM
GNULIB_STRPTIME
GNULIB_STRFTIME
GNULIB_NANOSLEEP
GNULIB_LOCALTIME
GNULIB_MKTIME
GNULIB_CTIME
GL_GENERATE_SYSEXITS_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_SYSEXITS_H_TRUE
SYSEXITS_H
HAVE_SYSEXITS_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYSEXITS_H
NEXT_SYSEXITS_H
WINDOWS_STAT_INODES
WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_TYPES_H
NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H
HAVE_STRINGS_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRINGS_H
NEXT_STRINGS_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STRING_H
NEXT_STRING_H
HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP
HAVE_STRCASECMP
HAVE_FFS
GNULIB_FFS
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDLIB_H
NEXT_STDLIB_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDIO_H
NEXT_STDIO_H
GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H_TRUE
STDINT_H
HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H
HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H
HAVE_C99_STDINT_H
WINT_T_SUFFIX
WCHAR_T_SUFFIX
SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX
SIZE_T_SUFFIX
PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX
HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T
HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T
HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T
BITSIZEOF_WINT_T
BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T
BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T
BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T
BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T
HAVE_STDINT_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDINT_H
NEXT_STDINT_H
HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
HAVE_INTTYPES_H
HAVE_WCHAR_H
HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDDEF_H
NEXT_STDDEF_H
GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H_TRUE
STDDEF_H
HAVE_WCHAR_T
HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T
REPLACE_NULL
HAVE__BOOL
GL_GENERATE_STDBOOL_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_STDBOOL_H_TRUE
STDBOOL_H
GL_GENERATE_STDARG_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_STDARG_H_TRUE
STDARG_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_STDARG_H
NEXT_STDARG_H
GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H_TRUE
STDALIGN_H
WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE
WINDOWS_STAT_TIMESPEC
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_SYS_STAT_H
NEXT_SYS_STAT_H
APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R
REPLACE_STRSIGNAL
REPLACE_STRERROR_R
REPLACE_STRERROR
REPLACE_STRTOK_R
REPLACE_STRCASESTR
REPLACE_STRSTR
REPLACE_STRNLEN
REPLACE_STRNDUP
REPLACE_STRNCAT
REPLACE_STRDUP
REPLACE_STRCHRNUL
REPLACE_STPNCPY
REPLACE_MEMMEM
REPLACE_MEMCHR
HAVE_STRVERSCMP
HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL
HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R
HAVE_STRCASESTR
HAVE_STRSEP
HAVE_STRPBRK
HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP
HAVE_DECL_STRDUP
HAVE_STRCHRNUL
HAVE_STPNCPY
HAVE_STPCPY
HAVE_RAWMEMCHR
HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
HAVE_MEMPCPY
HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM
HAVE_MEMCHR
HAVE_FFSLL
HAVE_FFSL
HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO
HAVE_MBSLEN
GNULIB_STRVERSCMP
GNULIB_STRSIGNAL
GNULIB_STRERROR_R
GNULIB_STRERROR
GNULIB_MBSTOK_R
GNULIB_MBSSEP
GNULIB_MBSSPN
GNULIB_MBSPBRK
GNULIB_MBSCSPN
GNULIB_MBSCASESTR
GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP
GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP
GNULIB_MBSCASECMP
GNULIB_MBSSTR
GNULIB_MBSRCHR
GNULIB_MBSCHR
GNULIB_MBSNLEN
GNULIB_MBSLEN
GNULIB_STRTOK_R
GNULIB_STRCASESTR
GNULIB_STRSTR
GNULIB_STRSEP
GNULIB_STRPBRK
GNULIB_STRNLEN
GNULIB_STRNDUP
GNULIB_STRNCAT
GNULIB_STRDUP
GNULIB_STRCHRNUL
GNULIB_STPNCPY
GNULIB_STPCPY
GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR
GNULIB_MEMRCHR
GNULIB_MEMPCPY
GNULIB_MEMMEM
GNULIB_MEMCHR
GNULIB_FFSLL
GNULIB_FFSL
GNULIB_EXPLICIT_BZERO
REPLACE_UTIMENSAT
REPLACE_STAT
REPLACE_MKNOD
REPLACE_MKFIFO
REPLACE_MKDIR
REPLACE_LSTAT
REPLACE_FUTIMENS
REPLACE_FSTATAT
REPLACE_FSTAT
HAVE_UTIMENSAT
HAVE_MKNODAT
HAVE_MKNOD
HAVE_MKFIFOAT
HAVE_MKFIFO
HAVE_MKDIRAT
HAVE_LSTAT
HAVE_LCHMOD
HAVE_FUTIMENS
HAVE_FSTATAT
HAVE_FCHMODAT
GNULIB_OVERRIDES_STRUCT_STAT
GNULIB_UTIMENSAT
GNULIB_STAT
GNULIB_MKNODAT
GNULIB_MKNOD
GNULIB_MKFIFOAT
GNULIB_MKFIFO
GNULIB_MKDIRAT
GNULIB_LSTAT
GNULIB_LCHMOD
GNULIB_FUTIMENS
GNULIB_FSTATAT
GNULIB_FSTAT
GNULIB_FCHMODAT
GL_GENERATE_LIMITS_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_LIMITS_H_TRUE
LIMITS_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_LIMITS_H
NEXT_LIMITS_H
IGNORE_UNUSED_LIBRARIES_CFLAGS
LTLIBINTL
LIBINTL
GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT
GETOPT_CDEFS_H
GETOPT_H
HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
HAVE_GETOPT_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_GETOPT_H
NEXT_GETOPT_H
REPLACE_VSPRINTF
REPLACE_VSNPRINTF
REPLACE_VPRINTF
REPLACE_VFPRINTF
REPLACE_VDPRINTF
REPLACE_VASPRINTF
REPLACE_TMPFILE
REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS
REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS
REPLACE_SPRINTF
REPLACE_SNPRINTF
REPLACE_RENAMEAT
REPLACE_RENAME
REPLACE_REMOVE
REPLACE_PRINTF
REPLACE_POPEN
REPLACE_PERROR
REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF
REPLACE_GETLINE
REPLACE_GETDELIM
REPLACE_FTELLO
REPLACE_FTELL
REPLACE_FSEEKO
REPLACE_FSEEK
REPLACE_FREOPEN
REPLACE_FPURGE
REPLACE_FPRINTF
REPLACE_FOPEN
REPLACE_FFLUSH
REPLACE_FDOPEN
REPLACE_FCLOSE
REPLACE_DPRINTF
HAVE_VDPRINTF
HAVE_VASPRINTF
HAVE_RENAMEAT
HAVE_POPEN
HAVE_PCLOSE
HAVE_FTELLO
HAVE_FSEEKO
HAVE_DPRINTF
HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF
HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF
HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF
HAVE_DECL_GETLINE
HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM
HAVE_DECL_FTELLO
HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO
HAVE_DECL_FPURGE
GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX
GNULIB_VSNPRINTF
GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX
GNULIB_VPRINTF
GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX
GNULIB_VFPRINTF
GNULIB_VDPRINTF
GNULIB_VSCANF
GNULIB_VFSCANF
GNULIB_VASPRINTF
GNULIB_TMPFILE
GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE
GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING
GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX
GNULIB_SNPRINTF
GNULIB_SCANF
GNULIB_RENAMEAT
GNULIB_RENAME
GNULIB_REMOVE
GNULIB_PUTS
GNULIB_PUTCHAR
GNULIB_PUTC
GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX
GNULIB_PRINTF
GNULIB_POPEN
GNULIB_PERROR
GNULIB_PCLOSE
GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX
GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF
GNULIB_GETLINE
GNULIB_GETDELIM
GNULIB_GETCHAR
GNULIB_GETC
GNULIB_FWRITE
GNULIB_FTELLO
GNULIB_FTELL
GNULIB_FSEEKO
GNULIB_FSEEK
GNULIB_FSCANF
GNULIB_FREOPEN
GNULIB_FREAD
GNULIB_FPUTS
GNULIB_FPUTC
GNULIB_FPURGE
GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX
GNULIB_FPRINTF
GNULIB_FOPEN
GNULIB_FGETS
GNULIB_FGETC
GNULIB_FFLUSH
GNULIB_FDOPEN
GNULIB_FCLOSE
GNULIB_DPRINTF
REPLACE_ITOLD
GL_GENERATE_FLOAT_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_FLOAT_H_TRUE
FLOAT_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_FLOAT_H
NEXT_FLOAT_H
EOVERFLOW_VALUE
EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN
ENOLINK_VALUE
ENOLINK_HIDDEN
EMULTIHOP_VALUE
EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN
GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H_TRUE
ERRNO_H
NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_ERRNO_H
NEXT_ERRNO_H
PRAGMA_COLUMNS
PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER
INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE
INCLUDE_NEXT
UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS
UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
REPLACE_WRITE
REPLACE_USLEEP
REPLACE_UNLINKAT
REPLACE_UNLINK
REPLACE_TTYNAME_R
REPLACE_TRUNCATE
REPLACE_SYMLINKAT
REPLACE_SYMLINK
REPLACE_SLEEP
REPLACE_RMDIR
REPLACE_READLINKAT
REPLACE_READLINK
REPLACE_READ
REPLACE_PWRITE
REPLACE_PREAD
REPLACE_LSEEK
REPLACE_LINKAT
REPLACE_LINK
REPLACE_LCHOWN
REPLACE_ISATTY
REPLACE_GETPASS
REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE
REPLACE_GETGROUPS
REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R
REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE
REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME
REPLACE_GETCWD
REPLACE_FTRUNCATE
REPLACE_FCHOWNAT
REPLACE_FACCESSAT
REPLACE_DUP2
REPLACE_DUP
REPLACE_CLOSE
REPLACE_CHOWN
HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
HAVE_OS_H
HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R
HAVE_DECL_TRUNCATE
HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME
HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL
HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE
HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R
HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN
HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME
HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC
HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR
HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON
HAVE_USLEEP
HAVE_UNLINKAT
HAVE_SYMLINKAT
HAVE_SYMLINK
HAVE_SLEEP
HAVE_SETHOSTNAME
HAVE_READLINKAT
HAVE_READLINK
HAVE_PWRITE
HAVE_PREAD
HAVE_PIPE2
HAVE_PIPE
HAVE_LINKAT
HAVE_LINK
HAVE_LCHOWN
HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER
HAVE_GETPASS
HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
HAVE_GETLOGIN
HAVE_GETHOSTNAME
HAVE_GETGROUPS
HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE
HAVE_FTRUNCATE
HAVE_FSYNC
HAVE_FDATASYNC
HAVE_FCHOWNAT
HAVE_FCHDIR
HAVE_FACCESSAT
HAVE_EUIDACCESS
HAVE_DUP3
HAVE_DUP2
HAVE_CHOWN
GNULIB_WRITE
GNULIB_USLEEP
GNULIB_UNLINKAT
GNULIB_UNLINK
GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE
GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING
GNULIB_TTYNAME_R
GNULIB_TRUNCATE
GNULIB_SYMLINKAT
GNULIB_SYMLINK
GNULIB_SLEEP
GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME
GNULIB_RMDIR
GNULIB_READLINKAT
GNULIB_READLINK
GNULIB_READ
GNULIB_PWRITE
GNULIB_PREAD
GNULIB_PIPE2
GNULIB_PIPE
GNULIB_LSEEK
GNULIB_LINKAT
GNULIB_LINK
GNULIB_LCHOWN
GNULIB_ISATTY
GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER
GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL
GNULIB_GETPASS
GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE
GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R
GNULIB_GETLOGIN
GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME
GNULIB_GETGROUPS
GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE
GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME
GNULIB_GETCWD
GNULIB_FTRUNCATE
GNULIB_FSYNC
GNULIB_FDATASYNC
GNULIB_FCHOWNAT
GNULIB_FCHDIR
GNULIB_FACCESSAT
GNULIB_EUIDACCESS
GNULIB_ENVIRON
GNULIB_DUP3
GNULIB_DUP2
GNULIB_DUP
GNULIB_CLOSE
GNULIB_CHOWN
GNULIB_CHDIR
REPLACE_WCTOMB
REPLACE_UNSETENV
REPLACE_STRTOD
REPLACE_SETENV
REPLACE_REALPATH
REPLACE_REALLOC
REPLACE_RANDOM_R
REPLACE_QSORT_R
REPLACE_PUTENV
REPLACE_PTSNAME_R
REPLACE_PTSNAME
REPLACE_MKSTEMP
REPLACE_MBTOWC
REPLACE_MALLOC
REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
REPLACE_CALLOC
HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV
HAVE_UNLOCKPT
HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H
HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA
HAVE_STRTOULL
HAVE_STRTOLL
HAVE_STRTOD
HAVE_DECL_SETSTATE
HAVE_DECL_SETENV
HAVE_SETENV
HAVE_SECURE_GETENV
HAVE_RPMATCH
HAVE_REALPATH
HAVE_REALLOCARRAY
HAVE_RANDOM_R
HAVE_RANDOM_H
HAVE_RANDOM
HAVE_QSORT_R
HAVE_PTSNAME_R
HAVE_PTSNAME
HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT
HAVE_MKSTEMPS
HAVE_MKSTEMP
HAVE_MKOSTEMPS
HAVE_MKOSTEMP
HAVE_MKDTEMP
HAVE_DECL_INITSTATE
HAVE_GRANTPT
HAVE_GETSUBOPT
HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG
HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
HAVE_ATOLL
HAVE__EXIT
GNULIB_WCTOMB
GNULIB_UNSETENV
GNULIB_UNLOCKPT
GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX
GNULIB_STRTOULL
GNULIB_STRTOLL
GNULIB_STRTOD
GNULIB_SETENV
GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV
GNULIB_RPMATCH
GNULIB_REALPATH
GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX
GNULIB_REALLOCARRAY
GNULIB_RANDOM_R
GNULIB_RANDOM
GNULIB_QSORT_R
GNULIB_PUTENV
GNULIB_PTSNAME_R
GNULIB_PTSNAME
GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT
GNULIB_MKSTEMPS
GNULIB_MKSTEMP
GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS
GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
GNULIB_MKDTEMP
GNULIB_MBTOWC
GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX
GNULIB_GRANTPT
GNULIB_GETSUBOPT
GNULIB_GETLOADAVG
GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX
GNULIB_ATOLL
GNULIB__EXIT
GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H_FALSE
GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H_TRUE
ALLOCA_H
ALLOCA
GL_COND_LIBTOOL_FALSE
GL_COND_LIBTOOL_TRUE
WARN_CFLAGS
RANLIB
ARFLAGS
AR
host_os
host_vendor
host_cpu
host
build_os
build_vendor
build_cpu
build
EGREP
GREP
CPP
am__fastdepCC_FALSE
am__fastdepCC_TRUE
CCDEPMODE
am__nodep
AMDEPBACKSLASH
AMDEP_FALSE
AMDEP_TRUE
am__include
DEPDIR
OBJEXT
EXEEXT
ac_ct_CC
CPPFLAGS
LDFLAGS
CFLAGS
CC
MAINT
MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE
MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
AM_BACKSLASH
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
AM_DEFAULT_V
AM_V
am__untar
am__tar
AMTAR
am__leading_dot
SET_MAKE
AWK
mkdir_p
MKDIR_P
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM
STRIP
install_sh
MAKEINFO
AUTOHEADER
AUTOMAKE
AUTOCONF
ACLOCAL
VERSION
PACKAGE
CYGPATH_W
am__isrc
INSTALL_DATA
INSTALL_SCRIPT
INSTALL_PROGRAM
target_alias
host_alias
build_alias
LIBS
ECHO_T
ECHO_N
ECHO_C
DEFS
mandir
localedir
libdir
psdir
pdfdir
dvidir
htmldir
infodir
docdir
oldincludedir
includedir
runstatedir
localstatedir
sharedstatedir
sysconfdir
datadir
datarootdir
libexecdir
sbindir
bindir
program_transform_name
prefix
exec_prefix
PACKAGE_URL
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
PACKAGE_STRING
PACKAGE_VERSION
PACKAGE_TARNAME
PACKAGE_NAME
PATH_SEPARATOR
SHELL
am__quote'
ac_subst_files=''
ac_user_opts='
enable_option_checking
enable_silent_rules
enable_maintainer_mode
enable_dependency_tracking
enable_largefile
enable_sysvinit
enable_openrc
enable_upstart
enable_systemd
with_systemdsystemunitdir
'
ac_precious_vars='build_alias
host_alias
target_alias
CC
CFLAGS
LDFLAGS
LIBS
CPPFLAGS
CPP
PKG_CONFIG
PKG_CONFIG_PATH
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
libpipeline_CFLAGS
libpipeline_LIBS'
# Initialize some variables set by options.
ac_init_help=
ac_init_version=false
ac_unrecognized_opts=
ac_unrecognized_sep=
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
cache_file=/dev/null
exec_prefix=NONE
no_create=
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
program_prefix=NONE
program_suffix=NONE
program_transform_name=s,x,x,
silent=
site=
srcdir=
verbose=
x_includes=NONE
x_libraries=NONE
# Installation directory options.
# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
# by default will actually change.
# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
datadir='${datarootdir}'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
runstatedir='${localstatedir}/run'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}'
infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
htmldir='${docdir}'
dvidir='${docdir}'
pdfdir='${docdir}'
psdir='${docdir}'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
ac_prev=
ac_dashdash=
for ac_option
do
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
ac_prev=
continue
fi
case $ac_option in
*=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
*=) ac_optarg= ;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
# Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
--)
ac_dashdash=yes ;;
-bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
ac_prev=bindir ;;
-bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
ac_prev=build_alias ;;
-build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
| --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
ac_prev=cache_file ;;
-cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
| --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
--config-cache | -C)
cache_file=config.cache ;;
-datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
ac_prev=datadir ;;
-datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
-datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
| --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
-datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
| --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-disable-* | --disable-*)
ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
case $ac_user_opts in
*"
"enable_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
*) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
esac
eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
-docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
ac_prev=docdir ;;
-docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
ac_prev=dvidir ;;
-dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
-enable-* | --enable-*)
ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
case $ac_user_opts in
*"
"enable_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
*) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
esac
eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
| --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
| --exec | --exe | --ex)
ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
| --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
| --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
# Obsolete; use --with-gas.
with_gas=yes ;;
-help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
ac_init_help=long ;;
-help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
ac_init_help=recursive ;;
-help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
ac_init_help=short ;;
-host | --host | --hos | --ho)
ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
ac_prev=htmldir ;;
-htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
| --ht=*)
htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
-includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
| --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
ac_prev=includedir ;;
-includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
| --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
ac_prev=infodir ;;
-infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
-libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
ac_prev=libdir ;;
-libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
| --libexe | --libex | --libe)
ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
| --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
ac_prev=localedir ;;
-localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
| --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
| --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
ac_prev=mandir ;;
-mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
-nfp | --nfp | --nf)
# Obsolete; use --without-fp.
with_fp=no ;;
-no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
| --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
no_create=yes ;;
-no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
| --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
no_recursion=yes ;;
-oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
| --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
| --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
-oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
| --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
| --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
ac_prev=prefix ;;
-prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
| --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
-program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
| --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
-program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
| --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
-program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
| --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
-program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
| --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
| --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
| --program-transform | --program-transfor \
| --program-transfo | --program-transf \
| --program-trans | --program-tran \
| --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
-program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
| --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
| --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
| --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
| --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
| --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
| --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
-pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
-pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
ac_prev=psdir ;;
-psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
silent=yes ;;
-runstatedir | --runstatedir | --runstatedi | --runstated \
| --runstate | --runstat | --runsta | --runst | --runs \
| --run | --ru | --r)
ac_prev=runstatedir ;;
-runstatedir=* | --runstatedir=* | --runstatedi=* | --runstated=* \
| --runstate=* | --runstat=* | --runsta=* | --runst=* | --runs=* \
| --run=* | --ru=* | --r=*)
runstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
| --sbi=* | --sb=*)
sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
| --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
| --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
| --sha | --sh)
ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
-sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
| --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
| --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
| --sha=* | --sh=*)
sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-site | --site | --sit)
ac_prev=site ;;
-site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
site=$ac_optarg ;;
-srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
ac_prev=srcdir ;;
-srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
| --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
-sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
| --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
ac_prev=target_alias ;;
-target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
verbose=yes ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
ac_init_version=: ;;
-with-* | --with-*)
ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
case $ac_user_opts in
*"
"with_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
*) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
esac
eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
-without-* | --without-*)
ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
case $ac_user_opts in
*"
"with_$ac_useropt"
"*) ;;
*) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
esac
eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
--x)
# Obsolete; use --with-x.
with_x=yes ;;
-x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
| --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
| --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
-x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
| --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
| --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
-*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
;;
*=*)
ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
case $ac_envvar in #(
'' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
esac
eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
export $ac_envvar ;;
*)
# FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
: "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
;;
esac
done
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
fi
if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
case $enable_option_checking in
no) ;;
fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
*) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
esac
fi
# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
libdir localedir mandir runstatedir
do
eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
# Remove trailing slashes.
case $ac_val in
*/ )
ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
esac
# Be sure to have absolute directory names.
case $ac_val in
[\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;;
NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
esac
as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
done
# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
# FIXME: To remove some day.
build=$build_alias
host=$host_alias
target=$target_alias
# FIXME: To remove some day.
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
cross_compiling=maybe
elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
cross_compiling=yes
fi
fi
ac_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"
# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
# Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\).*/{
s//\1/
q
}
s/.*/./; q'`
srcdir=$ac_confdir
if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
srcdir=..
fi
else
ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
fi
ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
ac_abs_confdir=`(
cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
pwd)`
# When building in place, set srcdir=.
if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
srcdir=.
fi
# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
case $srcdir in
*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
esac
for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
done
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures binfmt-support 2.2.0 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
Configuration:
-h, --help display this help and exit
--help=short display options specific to this package
--help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages
-V, --version display version information and exit
-q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages
--cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled]
-C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
-n, --no-create do not create output files
--srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
Installation directories:
--prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
[$ac_default_prefix]
--exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
[PREFIX]
By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify
an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
For better control, use the options below.
Fine tuning of the installation directories:
--bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
--sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
--libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
--sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
--sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
--localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
--runstatedir=DIR modifiable per-process data [LOCALSTATEDIR/run]
--libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
--includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include]
--oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
--datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
--datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
--infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
--localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
--mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
--docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/binfmt-support]
--htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR]
--dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
--pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
--psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR]
_ACEOF
cat <<\_ACEOF
Program names:
--program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
--program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
--program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
System types:
--build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
--host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
_ACEOF
fi
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of binfmt-support 2.2.0:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
Optional Features:
--disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
--disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
--enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
--enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")
--disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")
--enable-maintainer-mode
enable make rules and dependencies not useful (and
sometimes confusing) to the casual installer
--enable-dependency-tracking
do not reject slow dependency extractors
--disable-dependency-tracking
speeds up one-time build
--disable-largefile omit support for large files
--enable-sysvinit Install sysvinit script
--enable-openrc Install OpenRC script
--disable-upstart Install Upstart job
--disable-systemd Install systemd unit
Optional Packages:
--with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
--without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=DIR
Directory for systemd service files
Some influential environment variables:
CC C compiler command
CFLAGS C compiler flags
LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a
nonstandard directory
LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l
CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if
you have headers in a nonstandard directory